CAIUS IULIUS CAESAR. (British Museum.) ( Fro n t isp iece .) THE WORD-VALUE FIRST LATIN BOOK BY E. CUTLER SHEDD, A.M. REVISED EDITION NEW YORK WILLIAM BEVERLEY HARISON 1907 SOME SUGGESTIONS. IN examining this book please keep in mind the following facts: The repetition of words is so constant that the great majority of the words in any given lesson are familiar to the pupils when they reach it. They therefore are quite free to center attention upon the endings and syntax. About three fourths of each advance reading lesson is really a review of words, forms, and constructions already studied. Hence it is possible to master the reading lessons in spite of their in- creasing length and sometimes complex sentence structure. A ONE YEAR'S COURSE. The pupils should be of the usual age of High-School Freshmen. A nine months' course, with five recitations a week, contains about 170 rec- itations, aside from periods for examinations. As a rule, devote two recitations to each of the seventy-eight lessons, abridging the prose composition work where necessary. Half, or less, of the prose work has given excellent results when carefully done. (156 recitations. ) The first recitation may be devoted to the forms or rules and to the reading; the second to completing the reading, and to prose composition work, with ten minutes, if desired, for composition at sight. Devote about ten more recitations to the further study of the paradigms. Devote the remaining recitations to Lessons LXVII and LXXIV. If more time be needed, omit Lessons XLII, XLVII, and LX (releas- ing six recitations), and Lesson LXXIV (releasing four or five more recitations). Or else devote a few weeks at the beginning of the second -year to the last few lessons and the final reading exercises. This will put the class into excellent trim for immediately taking up Caesar or Nepos. "COMPOSITION AT &IGI11." This is the title of a pamphlet discussing the subject and giving a list of sentences adapted for use. It will be sent fr^c of charge on request to teachers using this book. " SIX BOOKS OF CJESAR IN ONE YEAR." In a pamphlet of this title the author has described the method which is embodied in this book, and also the result of a two years' test. In this test the class num- bered fifteen. Each member completed the six books with comparative ease and without lack of thoroughness. Those pupils to whom Latin proved difficult seemed to derive the greater benefit indeed, judging by previous experience, several would have failed to pass in even the five books required of previous classes had it not been for the thorough drill in reading given by the WORD- VALUE TEXT-BOOK. Copyright, 1907, by E. CUTLER SHEDD. ii PREFACE. IF we ask second-year pupils what they find to be the great obstacle to the easy reading of Latin, their usual reply is : " We do not know the meanings of the words." This reply indirectly attests the success of recent text-book makers in their efforts to improve the method of presenting syntax ; but it is also a call to confront the problem how best to aid learners to acquire a vocabulary. The Latin words which the pupil will meet most often plainly are of greatest value to him. For example, dico and res are very important. He will not meet with regno or nauta ten times a year if he reads the writers usually selected, unless he takes the first book of Livy. He will encounter cachinno or anser once or twice, if at all. This book uses only im- portant Latin words, so far as feasible. The best way to memorize" the meanings of a large number of words is to encounter them frequently in reading lessons and written work, for most words are arbitrary symbols, with nothing to suggest a connection with the objects they denote. If repetitions are frequent enough, the process of memorizing proceeds without apparent effort. Almost any pupil, when he completes his first year in Latin, recalls the meanings of such words as bonus and est. They have been brought to his attention again and again during months of study. This book contains four long word-lists, printed on tinted paper for ready reference. The words in these lists are re-' peate.d about five times in the reading lessons in which they first occur, where they are printed in heavy type and also collected in a short word-list. The long lists take the place of an English-Latin vocabulary, for the Latin words required in any given composition exercise will be found in the pre- ceding word-lists, in the Latin reading exercise for the same lesson, or by the help, of a foot-note. iii iv PREFACE. The reading contains in all about eleven thousand words, and the written exercises about six thousand. Thus the words found in the special lists each occur from sixty to seventy times in the book. Naturally seme occur more fre- quently than others, but scarcely more than six less than thirty or forty times. There are also lists of English words derived from the Latin, " Allied Words/' which aid the memory when aid is most needed. The Latin words are thus so impressed upon the memory by repetition and the association of ideas that the pupil can scarcely choose but learn them. It is believed that this method has never before been applied so thoroughly and systematically. 1 The saving of time thus secured permits the introduction of reading lessons of some length, and of sentences with a complex word order. The value of the latter as a prepara- tion for classical Latin is obvious. The isolated sentences are taken as far as possible from the text of Caesar. Wherever practicable they give way to nar- ratives from his writings, with text simplified, taken chiefly from the " Civil Wars,'' in order to impart variety and correct any tendency to depend upon memory alone in second-year reading. Those passages have been chosen 1 To what extent this method affects the reading of second- year Latin may be seen from the following extract from Caesar (B. G. II. 17), where the words in heavy type are among the words memorized in this First Latin Book : His rebus cognitis, explOratores centurionesque praemittit, qui locum idoneum castris deligant. Cum ex deditlcils Belgis reli- quisque Gallls complOres Caesarem secutl una iter facerent, quidam ex his, ut posteS ex captlvis cognitum est, eorum dierum consue- tndine itineris nostri exercitus perspecta, node ad Nervios perve- nerunt atque his demSnstrarunt, inter singulas legiones impedl- mentorum magnum numerum intercgdere, neque esse quicquam negotil, cum pnma legio in castra venisset reliquaeque legicnes magnum spatium ab-essent, hanc sub sarcinls adorlri ; qua pulsa impedimentlsque dlreptls futurum, ut reliquae contra consistere non audgrent. PREFACE. v which seemed most full of interest as narratives. The text has been simplified only to the extent that the pupils' knowl- edge of vocabulary and construction demand in each read- ing lesson. The learner is thus gradually introduced to the Latin of Caesar himself. Incidentally he is familiarized with Roman methods of warfare and history, in which he is aided by brief notes and carefully selected illustrations and maps. In the treatment of rules and paradigms the following are the points chiefly considered : (1) Terms and expressions unfamiliar to the pupil have been either eliminated or carefully explained when first introduced. Wherever possible English grammar has been used as a stepping stone. The attempt has been made to approach difficult subjects, such as the subjunctive, from the standpoint of the learner. (2) Rules and forms not needed for the reading of "The Gallic War" have either been excluded, or else but little emphasized. Hence the locative case, for instance, has been omitted, and the vocative made optional. (3) All rules introduced are given in full. For example, all forms of indirect discourse are fully treated. (4) Common constructions which are difficult are em- phasized, and a constant drill in them is maintained through- out the reading and written exercises. Particular attention is called, in this connection, to the treatment of the sequence of tenses and of clauses of purpose and result in the subjunc- tive, and of indirect discourse. (5) Constructions, like those of the gerundive, which pupils are likely to confuse, are introduced at widely sepa- rated intervals. (6) The constructions which are most common are intro- duced first ; for example, the ablative of means and qui be- fore gut's. (7) Similar forms are introduced in close sequence. All forms of the genitive in ius are thus united. vi PREFACE. (8) The work has been graded with much care. The introductory lessons are an example of this. In the latter part of the book frequent reading lessons are inserted to aid the pupil in assimilating what has been already learned, be- fore taking up new points. (9) The subject of verb analysis is given considerable at- tention in the belief that it greatly simplifies the mastering of the verb. (10) The grouping of the words in the Latin Reading Lessons (believed to be a new feature in language teaching) has been suggested as a valuable aid in acquiring the habit of rapid reading. Many cross references are given, to aid in uniting what logically belong together. The rules are reprinted at the rear of the book in a list, arranged systematically and with references to leading grammars, inserted for convenience and to facilitate the transition to second-year work. For the sake of uniformity and simplicity great care has been taken that each style of type be used for a like purpose throughout the book. Latin words and phrases, for instance, appear in a uniform type and are thus immediately dis- tinguishable from the English. We are indebted to Mrs. M. J. Woodhull, of New York City, for the careful editing of the book, and also for her many valuable suggestions. Thanks are also due to Mr. George M. Baker, recently instructor in the Lawrenceville Preparatory School, for the care he has exercised in marking the quantities, and to Pro- fessor Clifford P. Clark, of Fairmont College, for various useful suggestions. The author's greatest obligation, how- ever, is to his pupils, (without whose cooperation little could have been accomplished,) especially to those of them to whom the study of Latin has frequently seemed dull and unprofit- able. E. CUTLER SHEDD. RYE, N. Y., December 15, 1905 CONTENTS. CAIUS IULIUS CAESAR Frontispiece PAGE Map I. THE ROMAN DOMINIONS, 44 B.C , .... . . 85 Map II. SOUTHEASTERN GAUL 86 Map III. THE SCENE OF CAESAR'S CAMPAIGN AGAINST POMPEY. 87 Map IV. THE ROMAN PROVINCE OF AFRICA 204 Map V. THE REGION AROUND UTICA, 44 B.C 205 GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION % i LESSON I. Singular and Plural Nominative of First Declension 7 II. Accusative Case. Direct Object 9 III. First Declension. Indirect Object 1 1 IV. Order of Words. Apposition. Predicate Nouns 14 In with Ablative. V. Dative of the Possessor.* 18 VI. In with Accusative. Omission of Subject 20 First Word-list. VII. Second Declension. Vocative Case 23 VIII. Adjectives of First and Second Declensions. Predicate Adjectives 26 IX. Second Declension. Nouns in -er 29 X. The Verb Sum. Agreement of Verb with Subject 32 XL Sum, continued. Ablative of Means or Instrument 34 XII. First Conjugation. Personal Endings 37 XIII. First Conjugation, continued. Verb Stems 41 XIV. Ablative of Manner. Endings , 44 XV. Hie and Ille 46 vii v i'i CONTENTS. LESSON PAGE XVL Is 49 XVII. Qui. Agreement of Relative Pronouns 52 XVIII. Quis ? 55 XIX. Reading 58 XX. Iste, Idem, Ipse 60 XXL Quidam. Aliquis. Irregular Adjectives 63 Word-list for Review 66 XXII. Third Declension. Mute Stems. '-Allied Words" begin ' 67 XXIII. Third Declension. Mute Stems, continued. Ablative of Cause , ^ 70 XXIV. Third Declension. Liquid Stems 73 XXV. Third Declension. Stems in i. Descriptive, Ablative, or Genitive 76 XXVI. Third Declension. Stems in i, continued. Comple- mentary Infinitive 79 XXVII. Third Declension. Adjectives. Principal and Subor- dinate Clauses. Order of Words. . 82 XXVIII. Third Declension. Adjectives, continued. Hints for Reading 88 XXIX. Ablative of Time 95 XXX. Second Conjugation 95 XXXI. Second Conjugation, continued. Tense Signs. 98 XXXII. Ablative of Specification 101 XXXIII. Fourth Declension 103 Word-list for Review 105 XXXIV. Third Conjugation 106 XXXV. Third Conjugation, continued 108 XXXVI. Reading in XXXVII. Comparing of Adjectives, Ablative with Comparatives. . 113 XXXVIII. Comparing of Adjectives, continued Il6 XXXIX. Comparing of Adjectives, continued 119 XL. Formation of Adverbs 122 XLI. Comparing of Adverbs 125 XLII. Reading 127 XLIII. Third Conjugation Verbs in id. Accusative of Space and Time 129 XLIV. Fifth Declension 132 XLV. Subjunctive of Purpose 134 CONTENTS. ix LESSON PAGE XLVI. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. Possessive Adjec- tives 138 Word-list for Review 141 XLVII. Reading 143 XLVIII. Numerals 145 XLIX. Numerals, continued 148 L. Subjunctive of Result 149 LI. The Verb Possum 151 LII. Reading 154 LIII. Fourth Conjugation 156 LIV. Review of the Four Conjugations 158 LV. The Infinitive. Indirect Statements 159 LVI. The Tenses of the Infinitive in Indirect Statements 163 LVII. Reading 165 LVIII. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing 166 LIX. Participles. Accusative of Place Whither, Names of Towns 169 LX. Reading 173 LXI. Deponent Verbs. Ablative with some Deponents 174 LXII. Dative with some Intransitives 176 LXIII. The Irregular Verbs Volo, N616, Malo 178 LXIV. Cum. Temporal 179 LXV. Reading for Review 181 LXVI. Gerundive and Gerund 183 LXVII. Reading 185 LXVIII. Dative of End or Service. Dative with Compounds . . . 188 LXIX. Ablative Absolute 190 LXX. Primary and Secondary Tenses. Perfect and Pluper- fect Subjunctive. Full Rule for Sequence of Tenses. 193 LXXI. The Irregular Verb E6. Ablative of Separation 196 LXXII. Subjunctive and Relative Clauses 198 LXXIII. The Irregular Verbs Fer6 and Flo. Hints for Read- ing 201 Word-list for Review 202 LXXIV. Reading 206 LXXV. Indirect Questions. Quam with Superlative 210 LXX VI. Conditional Sentences 212 LXXVII. Commands and Appeals. The Three Forms of Indi- rect Discourse 215 X CONTENTS. LESSON PAGB LXXVIII. The Periphrastic Conjugations 218 Reading Lessons 221 Tables of Declension and Conjugation 228 General Vocabulary 259 Vocabulary of Proper Names 279 List of Rules, Arranged Systematically. 285 Index 291 References throughout are to paragraphs. There is no English-Latin vocabulary. The majority of the words used in the prose composition work present no difficulty, because the pupil is already familiar with them. Every word, except proper names, may be found either in previous word-lists, in the Latin reading exercise for the same lesson, or by the help of a foot-note. Compare 48 and 72. The vocabulary of proper names follows the main vocabu- lary. Directions for the use of the " Allied Words " are given in paragraph 131. For the purpose of ready reference, the rules will be found arranged systematically and with references to leading Latin grammars in a list following the vocabulary at the end of the book. For the list of abbreviations see page 258. References throughout are to paragraphs. GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. 1. ALPHABET. The Latin alphabet is the same as the English, except that it has neither j nor w. I serves both as a vowel and as a consonant. a. In late Latin and English j has taken the place of i-con- sonant. 2. i. The sounds denoted by the letters called vowels are produced by vibrating the vocal cords. The sounds de- noted by the mute consonants are most easily produced when a vowel sound is checked by means of the throat, tongue, or lips. A semi- vowel partakes of the character of both a consonant and a vowel, but usually appears in combi- nation with the latter. 2. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y. 3. CLASSIFICATION OF CONSONANTS. 1. Mutes, b, p, c, g, k, q, d, t. b, p, lip sounds, called labial mutes. c (ch, cp. 5 1 ), g, k, q (qu, cp. 4, 2, a), throat sounds, called guttural mutes. d, t, teeth (or tongue) sounds, called dental (or lingual) mutes. 2. Liquids. 1, m, n, r. More strictly, 1 and r are liquids, m and n nasals. 3. f, h, and s are spirants. h is sometimes called a breathing, s is the sibilant. 4. i-consonant and V are semi=vowels. 1, r, S, and h are sometimes classed here. 5. x and z are double consonants. 4. i. Two methods of pronouncing Latin are used in America, the Roman and the English. In the English 1 References throughout are to paragraphs. 2 ^ : . fl t .. ...,. INTRODUCTION. the sounds as a rule are the same as in English. This is now seldom used. SOUNDS OF LETTERS. ROMAN METHOD. 2 . VOWELS. The vowels are the same as in English. Broadly speak- ing, each vowel has only one sound. If the sound of a vowel in a syllable is somewhat prolonged when pronounced, the vowel is said to be long. If the sound is shortened, the vowel is said to be short. LONG. SHORT. a as in ah. a as in so/a. e as in they. 1 e nearly as in set. 1 as in machine. i nearly as in tin. 6 as in home. as in melody. U as oo in tool. U as in put. y is sounded like the German ii, or French u. a. When qu or gu precede a vowel, u is treated as a con- sonant. This is also true of U in the forms huic (93) and CU1 (106, 113). Some authorities, however, consider the ui in these forms a diphthong. 3. DIPHTHONGS. A diphthong is produced by running together the sounds of two vowels. The more common diphthongs are pronounced as follows : ae as ai in aisle. eu as eu \i\feud. au as ou in out. 06 as oi in soil. ui, when a diphthong, as oo-ee, pronounced rapidly. 5. CONSONANTS. Many of these are pronounced as in English. The follow- ing require notice: 1 More strictly, like the French > \\\yet. Final m is hardly pronounced. nc is pronounced as in uncle, ng as in angle, ngu as in sanguine. s is always pronounced as in sin, and t as in time. V is pronounced as w in will. The double consonant x stands for ks. Doubled consonants (pp, tt, etc.) are both pronounced, as // in cat-tail. 6. SYLLABLES. 1 . A word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs: cen-tu-ri-o-ne. 2. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is joined to the following vowel : ho-mi-nes. a. But when the word is formed by the union of two or more words (that is, is a compound) the division shows the component parts : ab-esse. 3. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima (in Latin meaning last}; the syllable preceding the ultima, the penult (a word contracted from the Latin paene, almost, and ultima). That^ preceding the penult is called the ante- penult, (ante in Latin means before. ) 4 INTRODUCTION. 7. QUANTITY, OR LENGTH OF VOWELS. 1. Vowels are long (_) or short (^). In this book long vowels only are marked. 2. A vowel is short before another vowel or h, and gen- erally before nt and nd. 3. Diphthongs are long. 4. In compounds vowels representing diphthongs, and vowels resulting from contraction, are long: inlquus (for in-aequus) ; cogo (contracted from co-ago). 5. A vowel is long before nf, ns and i-consonant, and generally long before gn. 6. A syllable 1 is long if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, or if it has a short vowel followed by two consonants (except a mute with 1 or r), or a double consonant. 8. ACCENT. 1. An accented syllable is one which is pronounced with greater stress of voice than other syllables in the same word. Latin accent carries with it less stress of voice than Eng- lish accent. 2. In words of two syllables, the accent is upon the first syllable : sil'-va. 3. In words of more than two syllables, the accent is upon the penult, if that is long, otherwise upon the antepenult: a-mi'-cus. 4. If -ne [41] or -que [91] be added to a word, the ac- cent falls upon the last syllable of the word : laudat'-ne ? mensa'-que, 9. CASES. The names of the cases are Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Ablative, Vocative. a. There is also a Locative case, which is not given in this book, as it rarely occurs in second-year Latin. b. The meanings and uses of the cases will be given in succeeding lessons. 1 To avoid confusion, the quantity of syllables is not indicated in this book. INTRODUCTION. 5 1C. GENDER. 1. There are three genders, masculine, feminine and neuter, as in English. 2. Unlike the English, the gender is usually determined by the ending. Tnus, nouns whose nominative singular ends in a are nearly always feminine. a. Smietimes gender is determined by the meaning, as in English. b. That a word in English is neuter, and hence referred to as "it", does nut show that it is neuter in Latin. In Latin "field", "year", and " sword '", for instance, are each referred to as "he"; "forest", "road", and "gate", as "she". 3. Names of males, rivers, winds and months are masculine. 4. Names of females, countries, towns, islands and trses are feminine. 5. Indeclinable nouns are neuter. 11. EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE IN PRONUNCIATION. I. VOWELS. acriter, eagerly. Ira, anger. ala, wing. avis, bird. ara, altar. Asia. Cornelia. dulcis, sweet. culpa, fault. olim, formerly, once. fortuna, chance. oratio, a speech. edictum, proclamation. 6rd6, rank, order. emitto, / send out. modo, only. Epirus. Hector, alter, the other (of two}. mercator, merchant. inter, between. undecim, eleven. tamen, yet. utilis, useful. Idus. uva, grape. INTRODUCTION. 2. Graecia. aedificium, edifice. tubae, trumpets. causa, cause. gaudium, delight. nauta, sailor. DIPHTHONGS. Europa. Eurus. Euphrates, coepi, I began. Poenicus. poena, punishment. CONSONANTS. Cicero, Caesar, civis, citizen. Charon. schola, school. cachinno, / laugh aloud. genus, race. granum, a grain. gusto, I taste. iam, already. ianua, door. lura. Polyphemus, elephantus, elephant. Philippus. sedes, seat. rosa, rose. Musa. Virgo, virgin. via, road. verbum, word. lingua, tongue^ sanguis, blood. anguis, snake. quercus, oak. quondam, formerly. qul, who SuetOnius. suavis, pleasant. SUl, of himself. SYLLABLES. ma-tri-mo-ni-um, marriage. le-ga-ti-5, embassy. Hel-ve-ti-i. A-qui-ta-ni-a. Ca-ta-man-to-loe-des, auc-to-ri-tas, authority. pulchritudo, beauty. perspicio, / see through. invictus, unconquered. exspiro, / breathe forth. depono, I put down. conf ero, 7 collect. circumvenio, / surround. LESSON I. 12. SINGULAR AND PLURAL. puella, girl. puellae, girls. reglna, queen. reglnae, queens. a. How does the plural of the Latin noun differ from the singular ? Form the plural of the following nouns : fllia, daughter. terra, land. mensa, table. via, road. 13. EXAMPLES. Singular and Plural Via CSt longa, The road IS long. Nominative of First Viae sunt longae, Roads are long. Declension. a. Notice that the adjective has a plural ending when it modifies a noun in the plural. If English were like Latin in this respect we would say " Roads are longs. " b. There is no article. Via may be translated either a road or the road ; viae, roads or the roads. 14. (See the vocabulary on page 22.) 1. Terra est lata. 2. Copiae sunt magnae. 3. Ubi est mensa alta et longa ? 4. Multae viae sunt longae. 5. Terrae sunt multae 6. Mensa est lata. 7. Ubi est magna mensa? 8. Estne * fllia bona? 1 -ne is the sign of a question, and cannot be translated. It is affixed to the verb, as estne, suntne, or to non (n6nne). 7 8 LESSON I. 9. Mensae sunt altae, 10. Multae mensae sunt magnae et altae. 11. Ubi sunt magnae silvae? 12. Reglna est bona. 13. Puella et regina ' sunt bonae. 14. Viae sunt latae. 15. Ubi est puella bona ? 15. This exercise is to be translated into Latin. The words needed in the English-Latin exercises oi the first six lessons will be found in the Latin-English exercises which immediately precede them. 1. The road is long. 2. Is the road long ? (14, 2 note I.) 3. Are the roads long ? 4. Are the tables long ? 5. Where are the wide tables ? 6. Where are the good girls ? 7. Many forests are large. 8. The table is large and high. 1 Notice the compound subject. 2 References are to paragraphs. LESSON II. THE DIRECT OBJECT. 16. EXAMPLES. Puella tubam portat, The girl is carrying (or, car- ries, or, does carry.} a trumpet. Puella tubas portat, The girl is carrying trumpets. Puellae tubas portant, Girls are carrying (or, carry y or, do carry} trumpets. Regina multas puellas amat, The queen loves (or, is loving, or, does love) many girls. a. In these sentences notice the endings -am and -as. How do they differ in meaning? These are the endings of the Accusa- Accusative Case. XT . . . , . Direct Object. tive case. Notice that in these sentences it denotes what is called in English grammar the direct object of the verb. . To what case in English grammar does this use of the Accusative correspond ? b. How does the plural differ from the singular in the verbs given above ? In the same way form the plurals of amat, loves. laudat, praises. c. Notice that the adjective multas agrees with puellas, the noun which it modifies, just as the adjectives in Lesson I agree with the nouns which they modify. 17. (See the vocabulary on page 22.) 1 . Puella aquam portat. 2. Terra silvas multas habet. 3. Regina puellam laudat. 4. Ubi est praeda magna ? io LESSON II 5. Viae sunt multae et longae a 6. Regina rosam habet, 7. Filiae rosas habent. 8. Puellae aquam portant. 9. Ubi sunt copiae magnae ? 10. Filia tubam habet. 11. Puella reginam amat. 12. Regina puellas bonas amat. 13. Terra magna vias longas et latas habet. 14. Filiae bonae reginam laudant. 15. Puellae multae filiam bonam laudant. 1 6. Amatne reglna bona filias bonas ? 17. Puellae mensam altam habent. 1 8. Portantne puellae mensam latam ? 19. Regina bona filiam bonam laudat. 18. (See I5-) 1 Place the verb last in your Latin trans- lation, except in the fourth and ninth sentences. 1. Is the girl carrying a table ? 2. The troops have much plunder. 3. The large country has large forests. 4. Where 3 are the troops ? 5. The queen praises the girls. 6. The girls love the queen. 7. The queen has a large country. 8. The girl is carrying the roses and the trumpet. 9. Does the queen praise the girl ? 1 References are to paragraphs. 2 -ne (14, note i) is not used with ubi. Cp. 17, 9. LESSON III. 19. FIRST DECLENSION. Declension is the changing of a Latin noun or adjective into the forms for the different cases (9), as puella, for instance, has already been changed into the three case-forms puellam, puellae, and puellas. (16. ) Nouns of the First Declension are feminine in gender (10). But see 10,3. FIRST DECLENSION. NOMINATIVE GENITIVE DATIVE ACCUSATIVE ABLATIVE VOCATIVE silva, forest. SINGULAR. silva silvae silvae silvam silva (silva) PLURAL. (a) forest (13, b) of (a) fores I to or for (a) fore si (a) forest forests of forests to or for forests forests NOMINATIVE silvae GENITIVE silvarum DATIVE silvis ACCUSATIVE silvas ABLATIVE silvis VOCATIVE (silvae) a. What is the difference between the nominative and ablative singular ? b. The meanings of the ablative will be given later. c. The vocative is the case of address. 12 LESSON III. d. The base is that part of a word which remains un- changed throughout the declension, (silv- above.) What are the bases of the following words? copiis, vias, reglnae, filia, mensarum, puellls, terram. The stem is the body of a word, to which the endings are attached. The stem of the first declension ends in a, which is called the Stem vowel. This a, however, has united by contraction with the vowel of the ending, leaving the base. e. To learn the meaning of a word, notice the base. To learn in what case a word is, notice the ending. The pupil who trains himself to divide Latin words into their bases and endings has mastered one of the points necessary for easy reading. f. DECLENSION BY ENDINGS. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Base silv NQM. -a NOM. -ae GEN. -ae GEN. -arum DAT. -ae DAT. -is Ace. -am Ace. -as ABL. -a ABL. -is Voc. -a Voc. -ae 2O. THE INDIRECT OBJECT." Regina pueUae rosam dat, The queen gives a rose to the girl. Rosa puellae est grata, The rose is acceptable to the girl. a. What is the case of puellae in the first Indirect Object. sentence ? This use of the Dative is called the Dative of the Indirect Object, and is the same in meaning and use as the indirect obje-t in English. b. Notice the difference between the direct and the indi- rect objects in the first sentence. Be careful not to confuse these two " objects/' c. The second sentence illustrates one use of the dative with adjectives. LESSON III. 13 21. RULE. The nominative is the case of the subject. 22. RULE. The direct object of a verb is put in the -ac- cusative. 23. RULE. The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative. 24. 1 . Silvae multae Galliae sunt magnae. 2. Filia puellae rosam magnam dat. 3. Regina filiae longam mensam dat. 4. Estne rosa magna puellae bonae grata ? 5. Regina copias magnas habet. 6. Regina terrae puellis rosas multas dat. Rosae puellis sunt gratae. 7. Puella bonae reginae longam mensam dat. 8. Habetne reglna latam mensam? 9. Viae Galliae sunt longae. o. Terrae Galliae silvas multas habent. ii. Regina puellas laudat. 12. Regina Galbae terrae praedam dat. Praeda reginae Galbae grata est. 13. Regina puellas multas amat. 14. Puellae reginae bonae rosas multas et magnas dant. 15. Ubi sunt mensae altae et latae ? 25. (See 15. ) Place the verb at the end, except in the two last sentences. 1. The good girls give a large table to the queen. The table is acceptable to the queen. 2. The daughter of the queen has many large roses. The queen gives the roses of the daughter to the girls. 3. The countries of Gaul have many large forests and long roads. 4. The queen gives the plunder of the land to the troops. 5. Where are the countries of Gaul ? 6. Are the forests of the country large ? .LESSON IV. 26. EXAMPLES. The queen gives a rose to the girl. In this sentence notice that we recognize the word " queen " as the subject, and rose " as the direct object of the verb " gives" because the one precedes and the other follows the verb. Thus the words in an English sentence follow a fixed order : subject, verb, object. The same sentence in Latin reads: Order of Words. Regina puellae rosam dat. Notice that we recognize the word rosam as direct object because of its ending -m, and puellae as the indirect object because of its ending -ae. If the words be rearranged, Regina rosam puellae dat, Rosam regina puellae dat, the meaning remains unchanged, for rosam, so long as it keeps the ending -m, cannot be anything but the direct object, and puellae, so long as it keeps the ending -ae, will in this sentence remain the indirect object. a. In a declarative Latin sentence the subject is usually placed first. b. The verb (excepting est and sunt) nearly always comes last. 14 LESSON IV. 15 27. EXAMPLES. Regina Corneliam, filiam Galbae, laudat, The queen praises Cornelia, the daughter of Galba. Apposition. Regina Corneliae, puellae, tubam dat, The queen gives a trumpet to Cornelia, the girl. a. Notice that filiam and Corneliam both refer to the same person and are in the same case. This is also true of Corneliae and puellae. b. When a noun is joined to another noun as filiam is to Corneliam, or puellae to Corneliae, it is said to be in apposition with it. 28 RULE. Appositives agree in case with the nouns which they limit. a. An appositive may often be best translated into Eng- lish by a noun introduced by "as" or " of." For example : Terra Gallia erat magna, The land of Gaul was large. Galba ad Galliam legatus Gallis properat, Galba hastens to Gaul as an envoy to the Gauls. 29. EXAMPLES. Cornelia, puella, erat filia reginae, Cornelia, the girl, was the daughter _pf the queen. a. In this sentence filia, which is in the predicate of the sentence, denotes the same person as Cornelia, the subject. Nouns used in this way are called predicate Predicate nouns. Nouns - b. How does a predicate nominative differ from an appositive ? Which is the predicate nominative, and which the ap- positive, in the following sentence? Cornelia, filia Galbae, erat bona puella, Cornelia, the daughter of Galba, was a good girl. 30. RULE. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 1 6 LESSON 7K. 31. EXAMPLE. Multae silvae sunt in terra Gallia, Many forests are in the land Gaul. a. Notice that the preposition in is followed by the Ab- lative case. in with Ablative. 32. 1. Puella est filia reginae. 2. Magna silva erat in terra. 3. In terns Galliae erant longae et latae viae. 4. Ubi est puella, filia Corneliae? In silva est filia Corneliae. 5. Cornelia, puella, filiae reginae aquam dat. 6. Estne rosa in mensa ? 7. Habetne terra Helvetia silvas? In Helvetia, terra Galliae, sunt multae et magnae silvae. 8. Corneliae tuba erat in alta mensa. 9. Erantne silvae Galliae multae et magnae? 10. Gallia est magna et lata terra. 11. Puellae Corneliam, Galbae bonam filiam, amant. 12. Filiae Galbae Corneliae puellae rosam magnam dant. 13. Gratae sunt reginae rosae. 14. Copiae terrae erant magnae. 15. In magnis silvis erant longae viae. 1 6. Praeda terrae est magna. 17. Bonae puellae filiae Galbae tubas dant. 33. (Words in parentheses are to be omitted in the Latin.) I . Is Gaul a large land ? 2. In the countries of Gaul are many troops. 3. In Helvetia, a land of Gaul, are large forests. LESSON IV. 17 4. In the land of Gaul 1 is a large and wide forest. 5. The good girls give large roses to Cornelia, the daughter of the queen. 6. The roses are acceptable to Cornelia. 7. The queen praises the girls. 8. The troops of the queen are in the forest. 9. Are the roses upon the table ? 10. Where is the daughter of Galba ? 1 1 . Galba loves (his) daughter. 1 Not genitive. (28.) LESSON V. THE DATIVE OF THE POSSESSOR. 34. EXAMPLE. Terrae est magna silva, There is a large forest for the land, that is, the land has a large forest. Observe that this sentence has the same meaning as if it were Terra magnam silvam habet. The dative thus used is called the Dative of the Possessor. 35. RULE. The dative is used with sum Daiive of the Possessor. to denote the possessor, the thing pos- sessed being the subject. 36. 1. Regma magnam rosam habet. 2. Reginae est rosa magna. 3. Reginae sunt rosae multae. 4. Tuba est puellae. Tuba puellae est grata. 5. Corneliae, Galbae filiae, sunt rosae multae. 6. Aqua magna est in via. 7. Suntne multae reglnae bonae ? 8. Corneliae filiae bonae sunt tubae longae. 9. Galliae terns sunt silvae multae. 10. Ubi erat puella, Galbae fllia bona ? 11. Praeda in silva erat. 12. Cornelia filias bonas habet. Corneliae sunt filiae multae. 13. Galliae terrae magnae et latae erant silvae multae. 14. Rosa Corneliae est in aqua. 15. Galba reglnae longam mensam dat. 18 LESSON V. 19 1 6. Estne aqua alta ? 17. Amatne Galba filias ? 1 8. Cornelia, filia Galbae, magnam rosam reginae dat. Grata reginae est rosa Corneliae. Corneliae tubam longam regma dat. Corneliae est tuba longa. 19. Reginae copiae erant niagnae. 37. (When possible, translate the following sentences in two or three ways.) 1. A large forest is in the country of Helvetia (33. n. I). 2. Cornelia has a rose. 3. Is Cornelia a good girl ? 4. Where was the plunder of the land of Helvetia ? 5. Has the queen a table ? 6. Has the girl, the daughter of the queen, many roses ? 7. The water in the road is deep. LESSON VI. 38. . EXAMPLE. Galba in silvam hastam portat, Galba carries a spear inio the forest. a. Notice that the preposition in here -fwwith . ,, Accusative. means "into, and is followed by the ac= cusative silvam, which is not a direct object; as is hastam. 39. EXAMPLES. In silvam hastas portant, They are carrying spears into the forest. In silvam properat, He (or she) hurries Omission of . , ., - , Subject. into the forest. a. Notice that there is no subject expressed in these sen- tences, but that the subjects " they" and " he "are included in the verbs and expressed in the endings. b. The general sense of the sentence determines whether the subject expressed in the singular by the ending be he," she," or "it." 40. 1. Galba in terram Galliam properat. 2. In silvas properant. 3. In terram multas hastas portant. 4. In terras praedam magnam portat. 5. Roma multas et latas vias habet. .6. In terra Gallia sunt multae viae. Terns Galliae sunt longae viae. Galliae suntne multae silvae? Viae in silvis terrae Galliae sunt longae sed nOn latae. LESSON VL 21 7. Galba in silvam longas hastas portat. 8. Tuba filiae Galbae erat in alta mensa. 9. Galbae filias laudant. TO. Puellae hastam dat. Non grata puellae est hasta. 11. Puellae, filiae Corneliae, sunt in Roma. 12. In Romam magnam praedam multarum terrarum Galliae portant. 13. In porta erat regma bona. 14. In terra Helvetia copias habet. In Galliam copiae properant. 15. In silvas terrarum Galliae properant. 1 6. Hasta longa est in via. 17. Filia bona est reginae. 1 8. Romae viae sunt latae. 19. Copiae magnae sunt in terra Gallia. 20. Ubi est aqua? 21. Copias magnas in Helvetia non habent. 41. WORD-LIST. copia, copiae, a supply (of -ne, sign of a question (8. 4). anything) ; plural also est, is. troops. sunt, are. silva, silvae, a forest. dat, he, she, or it gives, is terra, terrae, a country, or giving, or does give. land. habet, he, she, or it has, is via, viae, a road. having, or does have. et, and. 42. (When possible, translate the following sentences in two or three ways. Omit words in brackets.) 1. He hurries into the land of Helvetia. 2. In Gaul (there) are many troops. The troops have much plunder. They are carrying the plunder into the forests. 3. The girl, the daughter of Galba, is in the road. 22 LESSON VI. 4. They give the spear to the good girl, the daugh- ter of Cornelia. 5. Has Galba a daughter ? He has many daugh- ters. 6. Where is Galba 's spear ? /. The girls have trumpets. 8. Does the queen praise the girls ? VOCABULARY FOR THE FIRST SIX LESSONS. alta, high, deep. amat, loves. 16, b. 39. aqua, water. bona, good. copia, 41. Cornelia, Cornelia. dat, gives. 1 6, b. 39. erat, was. 16, b. 39. est, is. 39. et, and. fllia, daughter. Galba, Galba. Gallia, The land Gaul. grata, acceptable. habet, has. 16, b. 39. hasta, spear. Helvetia, The district Hel- vetia. in, see 31 and 38. lata, wide. laudat, praises. 16, b. 39. longa, long. magna, large. mensa, table. multa, much. Plural, many. -ne, 14, note i. non, not. porta, gate. portat, carries. 16, b. 39. praeda, plunder. properat, hastens. 16, b. 39 puella, girl. regma, queen. Roma, Rome. rosa, rose. sed, but. silva, 41. sunt, are. 39. terra, 41. tuba, trumpet. ubi ? where? 18, note 2. via, 41. LESSON VII. SECOND DECLENSION. 43. The stem ends in o, which usually disappears by combination with the case-ending. 44. Nouns of the second declension ending in -um are neuter. Others are masculine. (But see 10, 3 and 4.) 45. MASCULINE. NEUTER. murus, wall. oppidum, town. Stem and Gender. NOM. murus, GEN. murl, murO, murum, murO DAT. Ace. ABL. Voc. (mure) SINGULAR. (a) wall of (a) wall to or for (a) wall (a) wall PLURAL. oppidum oppidl oppido oppidum oppido (oppidum) NOM. murl, walls GEN. murorum, of walls oppida oppidorum DAT. muris, to or for walls oppidis Ace. muros, walls oppida ABL. muris oppidis Voc. (murl) (oppida) a. Nouns in -us of this declension have a special form in e, which forms their vocative case, or case of address. Amice, friend. b. The vocative of other nouns in all de- clensions is the same in form as the nominative. But cp. 57* *3 Vocative Case. 24 LESSON VIL. c. How many cases in murus can you find which have the same ending ? d. Which cases of Oppidum are alike in the singular? which in the plural ? e. DECLENSION BY ENDINGS. SINGULAR. MASCULINE. NEUTER. Base mur NOM. -us Base oppid NOM. -um GEN. -1 GEN. -1 DAT. -0 DAT. -0 Ace. -um Ace. -um ABL. -5 ABL. -6 Voc. -e Voc. -um PLURAL. NOM. -1 NOM. -a GEN. -orum GEN. -orum DAT. -is DAT. -is Ace. -OS Ace. -a ABL. -is ABL. -is Voc. -1 Voc. -a 46. (See "the vocabularies on pages 259 and 279.) 1. Marce, amice, quid est in oppido ? In oppido amici legati tela et equos habent. Copia equorum magna est in oppido. Magnam copiam telorum legati populo dant. Magnus est numerus captivorum in oppido. Copiae oppidi sunt magnae. 2. Estne Marci amicus legatus ? Galba, amicus Marci et populi, est legatus in Roma, Italiae oppido. Donasuntne tribunis, populi legatis ? Legatus telum, donum populi, habet. Tela sunt Galbae, legato. 3. Magnus est numerus oppidorum. Legati oppidorum sunt captivi. Multl sunt captivi. In silvis sunt equi cap- tivorum. Captivi multa dona amicis dant. 4. Numerus magnus telorum est Marco, tribuno, legati LESSON Vll. 2 5 amlco. Multa tela tribunus habet et populo oppidi dat. In oppido sunt equi et tela, dona amicorum. Magnum nume- rum equorum in silva tribunus habet. Quid amicls Marcus dat ? Equos et tela, dona, Marcus amlcis legatl dat. 47. . WORD-LIST. numerus, -I, number. in, preposition ; with abla- amiCUS, -1, friend. tive, in or on ; with accu- captivus, -1, prisoner. sative, into, against. equus, -1, horse. quid ?, what j> Neuter nom- legatus, -I, an envoy, also an inative or accusative of in- officer in the Roman army, terrogative pronoun quis? a " legate". (Lesson XVIII.) 48. HINTS FOR WRITING LATIN. Every word except proper names used in the sentences to be turned into Latin has either been given in the word- lists or else may be found in the Latin-English exercise for the same lesson. For proper names look in the Latin-Eng-< lish vocabulary. Do not look up the words' in any English- Latin vocabulary. To do so may seem the quickest way for the first few lessons, but it teaches one very little Latin, and in the long run is sure to prove much the slowest method. Study 26 again. Do not put down your words at random. Words not to be rendered in Latin are placed in parenthe- ses.. 49. (Omit words in brackets.) 1. The legates are friends of the captives. 2. They give a large number of horses to (their) friends. 3. Do they give the horses to the prisoners, the friends of the envoys ? 4. Marcus, has the legate a horse ? 5. The legate's friend has a horse in the tread, 6. Are (there) large forests in. *;hs land of Gaul ? (33- n. i.) LESSON VIII. ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN SIONS. 50. MASCULINE. Bonus Galba, Good Galba. NOM. Bonus Galba GEN. Boni Galbae DAT. Bono Galbae Ace. Bonum Galbam ABL. Bono Galba Voc. (Bone Galba) EXAMPLES. FEMININE. Bona Cornelia, NEUTER. Bonum donum, Good Cornelia. A good gift. Bona Cornelia Bonae Corneliae Bonae Corneliae Bonam Corneliam Bona Cornelia (Bona Cornelia) Bonum donum Boni doni Bono dono Bonum donum Bono dono (Bonum donum) a. Observe that bonus agrees in gender with the noun which it limits. b. Adjectives of the first and second declensions have three sets of terminations, in order to agree with any noun in any case. The masculine is declined like murus, the feminine like silva, and the neuter like oppidum. 51. Learn the declension of bonus (474). a. Decline equus defessus, tired horse, and gratum donum, pleasing gift. 96 LESSON Vlll. 27 52. EXAMPLES. Equus est magnus, The horse is large. Equi sunt magnl, Horses are large. Predicate Oppidum est parvum, The town is small. Adjectives. Oppida sunt parva, The towns are small. Galba est bonus, Galba is good. Adjectives used after est and sunt, as in these sentences, are called predicate adjectives. How do they differ from predicate nouns ? (29.) 53. 1. Dona multa bonae filiae Marci sunt. 2. Via Galbae defessi filiis defessis est longa. 3. Donum bonl Marci Galbae bono est gratum. 4. Marcus Galbae filius in Oppidum tela dona bona portat. 5. Filio bono tribuni equi sunt gratl. 6. In terra sunt silvae magnae. Magnus est in terra Gallia silvarum numerus. Longae viae sunt in silvis. Non grata est tribunis defessis legato rum in silvam fuga. Nonne grata est populo terrae fuga in silva captivorum? 7. Murus altus est in silva. Magnam copiam telorum equi et captivi in silvam portant. Filiis Marci grata in silva sunt tela, dona amicorum. Defessi sunt tribunorum captivi. Equi bonorum legatorum in Oppidum captivos defessos portant. 8. Altum murum habetne magnum Oppidum ? Longus et altus murus est oppido magno. Alto et longo muro oppidi sunt mult'ae portae. 54, WORD-LIST. altus,-a,-um,/fo^,/tf//, deep, magnus, -a, -um, large. defessus, -a, -um, weary, multus, -a, -um, much; plu- iired. ral, many. gratus, -a, -um, pleasing (not oppidum, -I, n., town. used of persons). non, not. longus, -a, -um, long. portat, is carrying. 28 LESSON VllL 55. 1 . The tall captive is tired. 2. What is the horse carrying into the town ? 3. The friends of the ambassador are in the town. 4. He gives a horse to (his) tired friend, 5. The legate has a large number of horses in the forest. 6. Galba, the friend of the captive, is in the road. 7. The road is long and the captives are tired. 8. The legate, the friend of the tribune, is not in the town. LESSON IX. 56. SECOND DECLENSION-CONTINUED. Ager, m., field. Vir, m., man. Puer, m., boy* SINGULAR. NOM. ager vir puer GEN. agrl virl puerl DAT. agro virO puerd Ace. agrum virum puerum ABL. agro virO puerS Voc. (ager) (vir) (puer) PLURAL. NOM. agrl virl puerl GEN. agrorum virorum puerorum DAT. agrls viris puerls Ace. agros virOS puerOS ABL. agiis viris puerls Voc. (agrl) (virl) (puerl) a. How does the declension of ager differ from that of puer? b. Most nouns and adjectives in -er of this declension are declined like ager. 57. Nouns in -ius and -ium shorten the genitive singular ending -il to -1. The accent remains unchanged. consilium, gen. consill, advice, plan. fllius, gen. fill, son. Pompeius, gen. Pompei, Pompey. The vocative singular of proper names in -ius and of fllius also ends in I. Antonius, vocative, AntonL 29 30 LESSON IX. 58. 1. Captivi aegri non multum frumentum habent. 2. Liber populus liberam terram habet. 3. Equi nostri sunt in agris. 4. Equi nigri aegri Galbae frumentum non habent. 5. Nonne est aeger Marci equus niger ? 6. Muri oppidi nostri sunt alti. 7. Amicus noster est aeger. 8. Estne nigro equo multum frumentum magno in agro ? Frumentum equorum est in agris. Magna copia frumenti est in agro aegro equo. 9. In concilio viri consilium dant. Non gratum in conci- lio est consilium nostrorum legatorum llberls viris. In nostro concilio liberorum virorum consilium est bonum. 10. Estne filia boni Galbae in agro? In muro est Corne- lia, Galbae legati filia. 11. Bonorum virorum consilium est gratum. Gratum consilium in oppido nostro bonus legatus populo dat. 12. Magnam copiam frumenti in terra Gallia nigri cap- tivi in oppida portant. Multa tela in terram Gal Ham lega- tus portat. 13. Magnum est concilium virorum Romae. NOn mag- num est concilium liberae Galliae. 59. WORD-LIST. ager, agrl, m., field; plural, consilium, -1, advice, plan, the country (as distinguish- skill, prudence. ed from the town). concilium, -i, council. vir, viri, m., man. liber, Hbera, Hberum,/r^; plural, m., often children. 60. 474- 1. The man's children are tired. 2. The horses are not in the town, but 1 in the country. LESSON IX. 3 1 3. He gives advice to the children. 4. In the council the advice of (his) friends was not acceptable to the envoy. 5. The captive does not have friends in the council of the legates. 6. Cornelia is the* daughter (27) of Marcus the leg- ate, the friend of the captives. 7. The roads in the forest are long. 8. The troops of the countries of Gaul are in the towns. LESSON X. 61. Learn the present, imperfect, *and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive of / ,-\ The Verb Sum. sum (486). O2. i. Est, erat, erit. 2. Sunt, erant, erunt. 3. Sumus, eramus, erimus. 4. Sum, este, eras. 5. Eram, es, esse. 6. Ero, eritis. 7. Estis, eratis, eris. 63. In the preceding lessons verb-forms have been used in the third person. The forms of the verb sum show that there are endings to denote the first and Agreement of Verb second persons as well. with Subject. a. There are a few such endings in the English language ; as, " thou lovest," " he loveth." The English commonly uses the pronoun with the verb, which is seldom done in Latin. Is " thou," in " thou lovest," really necessary to complete the meaning? 64. 1. Tu, O puer, Galbae aegri es filius. 2. Defessi erunt tuorum amicorum liberf. 3. Ibi nuntius tela puero dat. 4. Amicus eris puero, boni viri filio. 5. In Gallia multa hiberna Sextius legatus habet. Non magna sunt hiberna, sed legato erunt grata. 6. Marcus est nuntius. Marco sunt multa tela. Puer erit boni Marci amicus. Marci amicus ero. Marci nuntl erimus amici. Estne bonum nostrum consilium? 7. In Italia frumentum habet. Equi multi captivorum in hiberna Sexti Marci lili arma portant. In hibernls erant mult! viri, sed non captivi erant. Marcus tribunus in hiberna 32 LESSON X. 33 Sexti nuntiorum arma portat. Arma nunti in hibernis boni legati erunt. 8. Copia magna frumentl defesso equo grata erit. Pueri boni, este amici aegri equi. 9. Ibi arma non erunt. 10. Tu in magnis hibernis eris, sed arma tua in oppido enmt. 11. Ibi oppidum non erit magnum. 65. WORD -LIST. nuntius, -I, messenger. arma, -orum, (in plural only) frumentum, -I, grain, provi- weapons (of all kinds, both sions. for attack and defence). telum, -I, weapon (especially ^ {n that place ^ Adyerb< adart ^- sed, but. hiberna, -orum, '(plural only) the winter quarters for an army. 66. 1. They give a javelin to the boys, the friends of the messenger. 2. There 2 is a large supply of grain in the town, but there are no darts there. 3 3. They are carrying much grain and many weapons into the winter camp. 4 4. The winter camp of the legate is in the forest. 5. The man has a long javelin. Is he carrying the javelin into the winter camp ? 6. The children of the messenger are giving (his) weapons to the captives. 1 The full form castra hiberna is seldom used. 2 Notice the two uses of the word " there " in English. The first of these is not found at all in Latin. 3 For the adverb of place use ibi. 4 Do not forget that this word is plural in Latin. LESSON XL THE VERB SUM-CONTINUED. 67. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect in- dicative of sum. (486. ) 68. EXAMPLES. Frumentum equis portatur, The grain is carried by horses. Marcus gladio Galbam vulnerat, Marcus Ablative of Mean8 WOUnds Galba With a SWOrd. or Instrument. a. Notice that the ablatives equis and gladio tell us with what, or by means of what, some deed is accomplished. 69. RULE. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the ablative. 70. 1. Liber vir captivus fuerat. 2. Magna erit nova porta. 3. Filius nostii amid gladio cum multis viris pugnat. 4. Multos Graecos in bello armis Romam vulnerant. 5. In terra Gallia fuerant multae silvae. Magnus fuit numerus silvarum et agrorum magna in terra Germania, sed pauca fuerunt oppida. Paucae et longae viae fuerunt mag- nis in silvis et agris Germaniae. 6. Oppido fuerant muri et portae. Novum est oppidum et paucisunt viri, sed altus est murus. Gladios nuiltos amici novo tribuno dant. In alto muro oppidi sunt viri. Populo oppidi victoria in bello erit grata. 7. HIbernis muri alti fuerant. 34 LESSOR XL 35 8. Gladium novura filio Marcus dat. Gladio viros pau- COS filius Marci vulnerat. 9. Consilium novum legatorum viris in concilio non erit gratum. 10. Portae multae erunt longo in muro. 11. Equi magnum in oppidum multum frumentum portant. 12. Ibi magnus numerus gladiorum fuit in via. 13. In bello telis paucos, sed gladils multos, vulnerant. 14. Populo gratum donum dat. 15. Multum frifmentum equis in oppidum portat, et populo dat. 1 6. Defessi pueri arma tribuni non portant. 17. In oppido frumentum non erit. In agris frumentum multum erit, sed magnae sunt silvae et longae sunt viae. 71. WORD-LIST, bellum, -I, war. tribunus, -1, tribune, some- t ,. , times lieutenant. There gladius. -1, sword. . .,. -.. were six military tribunes populus, -I, people. in each legion (157) of the paucl, -ae, -a, few. Roman . a y u Their dl j- ties varied as the general- pugnat, is fighting. in-chief saw fit. 72. Words will sometimes occur in these exercises which are not given as definitions in the vocabularies, but the pupil will always be able to find suitable words or expressions in the Latin vocabulary at his command. I . In the forests and open country 1 of Gaul Caesar and the Romans are fighting. The Romans are wounding many men with 2 (their) weapons. The Gauls are wounding a few Romans by means of (their) swords and javelins. This 3 will be acceptable to the men in the council, but nut to the people in the town. Many men in town are friends of the Gauls. 1 ager. 2 69. 3 hoc (neuter singular). 36 LESSON XL 2. The Romans are fighting in the woods. The arms of the Romans are swords and javelins. The Gauls are wounding many Romans by means of (their) long javelins. They wound the horse of the tribune. But the legate is in the winter camp, and has many men and horses, and large supplies of grain. He hastens (39) with (his) troops into the woods. There (66, n. 2) they wound many of the Gauls by means of (their) javelins and swords. LESSON XII. FIRST CONJUGATION. A VERBS. amo (stem ama), love. Principal parts : amo, amare, amavl, amatus. 73. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of amo. (480.) a. A verb in the Active Voice represents its subject as active (that is, usually, as doing something); for instance, The man hits the boy. b. A verb in the Passive Voice represents its subject as being acted upon ; for instance, The man is hit by the boy. 74. i. Amat, amabat, amabit. 2. Amatur, amabatur, amabitur. 3. Amant, amantur, amabam. 4. Amabant, amabuntur, amabar. 5. Amabunt, amabantur, ama. 6. Amo, amare, amari. 7. /\mor, amabamur, amabamus. 8. Amabo, amabor, amamur. 9. Amamus, amabimur, amamini. 10. Amabimus, amare. 75. Inflect, that i i , repeat the tenses of, these verbs as you have inflected amo I nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavl, nuntiatus, to report or telL porto, portare, portavi, portatus, to carry, a. To find the stem, drop -re of the infinitive. 37 38 LESSON XII. 76. -5 or -m -mus -r -mur -s -tis -ris -mini Personal -t -nt -tur -ntur Endings. These are called the Personal Endings. In what tenses are they to be found? What tenses and moods do not have them ? Are they found in the tenses of sum as well as of amo? What do they mean? 77. EXAMPLES. Galba gladium portat, Galba is carrying Ablative of a sword. A 9 ent - Gladius a Galba portatur, A sword is being carried by Galba. Marcus gladio vulneratur, Marcus is wounded by means ojf a sword. Virl a legato tuba vocabantur, The men were called 'by the legate by means of a trumpet. a. Notice that the object of the active verb in both Latin and English becomes the subject of the passive, while the subject (the doer or agent) of the active is in Latin ex- pressed with the passive by the ablative with a or ab, which corresponds to the preposition <4 by." b. The last two sentences illustrate the difference between the Ablative of Agent and the Ablative of Means. The Ablative of Agent is used regarding persons, the Abla- tive of Means regarding animals or things. 78. RULE. The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. 79. 1. Vir telum in hiberna portabit. 2. Telum in oppidum a viro portabitur. 3. Galba Marcum amlcum amabat. 4. Marcus a Galba amabatur. 5. Liberi, nostrum amlcum amabitis. LESSON Xll 39 6. Noster amlcus a Hberis ncgris amabitur. 7. Quid populo ab amico noslro nuntiabitur? 8. Frumentum et tela in oppidum a captivo bono porta- buntur. In hiberna captmis properat. 9. A multis amamur. 10. Consilium nunti a Galba nuntiabitur. 11. Nuntiabitne Galba in concilio nunti consilium? 12. Galbae telum a filio in oppidum portabatur. 13. Filius Galbae arma in oppidum portabat, 14. Victoria populo a puero nuntiabitur. 15. A liberis amabimini. 1 6. Tribunus cum viris pugnabit. Telis et gladiis pugnant. Tribunus gladio et telis vulnerabitur. 17. In hibernis telis, sed in agro gladiis, tribunus cum viris pugnabat. 1 8. Romanorum armis Graeci vulnerabantur. Graeci Romanos non amabant. 19. Arma tribunorum a defessis viris non portabantur. 20. Quis frumentum in oppidum portabit ? Aeger est tribunus, sed quid filius nuntiat ? Nuntiat, "A captivis frumentum in oppidum portabit ur." 8O. WORD-LIST. amo, -are, -avl, -atum, to vulnero, -are, -avl, -atum, like or love. to wound. nuntio, -are, -avl, -atum, a (before a consonant), ab to report or tell. (before a vowel), preposi- porto, -are, -avl, -atum, tion followed by ablative, to carry. by, from. pugno, -are, -avl, -atum, cum, preposition followed by to fight. Followed by cum, ablative, together with, with. sometimes with. Denotes accompaniment. 81. (See 72.) The children of the town are carrying the weapons of the lieutenant into the woods. This (72, n. 3) will 40 LESSON XII. be told to the lieutenant by a boy and will not be pleasing (to him). He will tell the children, 1 " Boys, carry the weapons back again." 2 But the children do not like the lieutenant, and do not carry back 8 the weapons, but hasten (39) into the winter camp and tell the captives, "The lieutenant has no weapons." But the lieutenant tells the boy Marcus, the son J of Galba, " Marcus, hasten into the woods and carry (my) javelins into the winter camp. ' ' Marcus will carry the javelins to * the lieutenant. 1 Dative. 8 rursus. 3 filius. 4 ad (not dative). LESSON XIII. FIRST CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. 82. Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indic- ative, active and passive, of amo. (480.) a. The participle amatus, used in the compound forms of the passive, is declined like bonus, and is treated in all re- spects like an adjective. (50. 474.) Cornelia amata est, Cornelia was loved. Marcus amatus est. Frumentum portatum est, Grain was carried. Galba amatus est. Amat! sunt, They were loved. 83. Verbs have three stems, which are given in the Principal Parts : Porto, portare, portavi, ue of Principal portatus ; Do, dare, dedi, datus. Pari - The first gives the stem of the Present, Imperfect, and Future tenses : AM6, Do. The second gives the Present Infinitive, by which the conjugation is distinguished : amARE, dARE. The third gives the stem of the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Active : AMAVI, DEDI. The fourth gives the stem of the Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect Passive : AMATus, DATus. 84. Look in a vocabulary as seldom as possible. First translate the Latin as nearly in the order in which it comes as you can, giving to each word the Hints for Reading. meaning its ending requires. Do not try to make good English, but only to get the sense and to find the construction of each Latin word. Then go over the sentence 4* 4* LESSON xtn. again, and turn it into good English. This is especially nec- essary in a long sentence. 85. 1. Amice, esne aeger? 2. Copia magna frumenti defessis equis fuerat in agro. 3. Cum studio oppugnati sumus. 4. In hiberna tribuni arma et frumentum multum a cap- tivis portata erant. Barbari viri pugnis multis hiberna oppugnaverunt. Portas hibernorum cum studio barbari viri oppugnaverunt, et multus amicos tribuni telis vulnera- verunt. Multos viros tribunus paucis cum amicis in pugna vulneravit. 5. Pauci viri cum magno studio laborant. Barbari viri non laborant. Bonus vir cum consilio et studio laborat. Laborabisne, puer? 6. Cum magno studio populi barbari terram legatus OCCU- pavit. Magno cum studio oppida oppugnabat. Magnis pugnis paucae terrae occupatae sunt. Magnae pugnae erant, et viri multi telis vulnerati sunt, sed pauca oppida Op- pugnata sunt. 7. Magno cum consilio a Romanis in bello oppida Oppug- nabantur. Multis pugnis in Gallia a Romanis oppida oc- cupata sunt. Oppida multa in Gallia oppugnabuntur. Cum barbarls viris pugnis multis Caesar pugnabit. 8. Terrae novae a viris barbarls in bello magno cum studio occupatae erant. Magno cum studio populi barbari terram occupabunt. 86. WORD-LIST. occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to Iab5ro, -are, -avi, -atus, to lake possession of , to seize. work. Sometimes to have oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to a hard time. attack. barbarus, -a, -um, uncivilized. pugna, -ae, a fight. studium, -I, eagerness. LESSON XIII. 43 87. (See 72.) 1. In the woods, in a wide 1 place 2 upon the road, the messenger was attacked. A man wounded (his) horse with a javelin. The messenger fought with the men with (his) sword. But the men were many, and he was tired out by the fight. He told the men (81, n. i), " I am the messenger of the tribune Sextius; why 3 are you attacking me 4 ? Are you not (his 5 ) friends ? " They told the messenger, "We are the friends of Sextius. We will be your 6 friends." 2. The winter camp of the legate was in the forest. In the winter camp there (66, n. 2) were a great num- ber of captives, and much grain, and many weapons and horses. A large number of Gauls attacked the troops of the legate. In the battle he was wounded with a sword by a man. The Gauls seized the winter camp and carried the grain and weapons into the forest. 1 latus, -a, -um. 2 locus. 3 cur. *me. 5 eius. 6 tuus, -a, -um. LESSON XIV, THE ABLATIVE OF MANNER 88. EXAMPLES. Oppidum cum studio oppugnavit, He attacked the town with eagerness (or eagerly). Oppidum magno cum studio oppugnavit, Oppidum magnO StudiO Oppugnavit, Ablative of Manner. He attacked the town with great eagerness. Cum studio, magno cum studio, and magno studio ex- press the manner of the action. 89. RULE. The manner of an action is expressed by the ablative with cum, unless an adjective is used with the ablative, when cum may be omitted. ROMAN! ATQUE GALLI. 90. To aid the pupil to acquire the habit of noticing the endings, they are in this lesson printed in heavy faced type. Roma fuit magnum oppidum Italiae, cum altis et longis murls. Altae portae erant muris. Frumentum in oppi- dum Romam equis a virls portabatur, nam multus in oppido erat populus. Populus Romanus multas terras oppidaque magna cum consilio et studio in bello occupavit. Multl Roman! non laborabant, sed captivl laborabant. Magnus erat captivorum numerus, Galll erant barbari virl qul (106) agros Galliae terrae sil- vasque occupaverant. Olim bonam terrain Ttaliam occu- pare temptaverunt. Oppida oppagnaverunt. Romani cum Gallis pugnaverunt, sed tandem superatl sunt, nam multl 44 LESSON XIV. 45 erant Galll. Populus Romanus fuga servatus est. Sed Galll celeriter ex-iverunt, atque Roman! iterum oppidum Romam aedificaverunt. 91. WORD LIST. murus, -!, wall. atque, and. bonus, -a, -um, good. -que, and. (8, 4.) 92. Ill the land (of) Italy are great supplies of grain. The Roman people are skilful l in war. The cities have high walls. But we Gauls are many and will eagerly attack the forces of the Romans. The Romans will fight with eagerness, but we will seize many towns. We will seize the city Rome. We will carry many captives and weapons and much grain into the country (of) Gaul. This 2 (72, N. 3) plan is acceptable to the men in the council of the Gauls. 1 Cum consilid 3 Hoc. LESSON XV. 93. Hl'C AND ILLE. hie, this. ille, that. SINGULAR. M. F. N. M. F. N. NOM. hie haec hoc ille ilia illud GEN. huius huius huius illius illius illius DAT. huic huic huic illi- iHi- illi AGC. hunc hanc hoc nium il lam illud ABL. hoc hac h6c ilia ilia illo PLURAL. NOM. hi hae haec illi illae ilia GEN. horum harum horum illorum illarum illorum DAT. his his his illis illis illis Ace. hos has haec illos illas ilia ABL. his his his illis illis illis a. How do these forms differ from those of nouns of the first and second declensions ? b. Hie refers to what is near to the speaker in place, time, or thought: hie gladius, this sword. c. Ille refers to what is somewhat remote from the Speaker in place, time, or thought : illud telum, that dart. d. Ille, agreeing with a noun sometimes means "thai well-known" or " that renowned '." 94. EXAMPLES. Hie puer est altus ; ilia puella est parva, This boy is tall ; that girl is small. 46 LESSON XV. 47 Legatus et captivus sunt amici ; ille est Romanus, hie Callus, The lieutenant and the captive are friends; the former is a Roman, the latter a Gaul. Hoc donum puellae est gratum, illud puero, This gift is pleasing to the girl, that one to the boy. a. Notice the meaning of ille, hie : " the former," "the latter, 1 ' in the second sentence. b. An examination of the above shows that hie and ille have two uses : (i) as demonstrative adjectives, in agree- ment with nouns, (2) as demonstrative pronouns, stand- ing alone. 95. 1. Legato studium illius tribum atque huius nunti gratum fuit. 2. Hie murus paucas portas, ille multas, habet. 3. Illius Galbae gladium portabo. 4. Aedui et Sequani in terra Gallia diu erant. 111! fue- runt Romanorum amici, hi Germanorum. Suntne illi nostri amici ? 5. Secunda pugna barbaros superat, et ibi hiberna conlo- cabit, Ubi hiberna conlocabit? nam non idoneus locus est. Estne idoneus ille locus? In illo idoneo loco hiberna legatus conlocabit. In hoc loco tribunus multa tela, sed paucos gladios, habet. In his hibernis amici legati fru- mentum atque arma cum studio conlocaverint. 6. Nonne tribunus huic fllio Marci defesso gratum donum dabit? nam cum studio laborat. Illi hunc gladium, huic illud telum dabit. In hoc loco a fllio tribuni legatus gladio vulneratus erit. OO. WORD-LIST. locus, -i, plural, loci or loca, idoneus, -a, -um, suitable, a place. (Refers to place. For time, conloco, -are, -avi, -atus, secundus, -a, -um, favor- to place or station. able, is usually used. ) fllius, -I, son. 48 LESSON XV. 97. 1. The friends of this man are many, but of that (one), few. 2. These men do not fight with eagerness, but those are wounding many Romans with their swords. 3. This legate has a sword, and that (legate) a jave- lin. 4. A Gaul gave this tired captive a horse. 5. This place is not a suitable (one.) 6. The advice of this lieutenant will not be pleasing to the legates in the council. 98. 1. COnsilium nuntl in illo concilio nuntiatur. Consilium non tribuni sed nuntl legato gratum erit. 2. Caesar cum Helvetiis in illo idoneo loco pugnavit. Pugna magna fuit sed Roman! Helvetios superaverunt. 3. Frumentum populo non fuerat. 4. Hi gladii novi illis viris grati erunt. 5. Vir in muro telum portat. Puero telum dabit. 6. Filio idoneum telum dat. 7. Tribune, a populo amaberis. 8. Legatus populi non fueram. 9. Frumentum in hiberna portabit, sed arma in oppidO conlocabit. Hoc consilium legato novo non gratum est. In oppido hiberna conlocabit. 99. This boy is carrying a large sword. With the boy there are many children. He is telling the children (8 1, n. i), " In yonder 1 woods there are many Gauls. I will fight with these men and will wound a large number with this sword. Messengers will tell this to the Roman legate. He will give (me) a horse and javelin. Then 2 I will be a lieutenant. Is not this a good plan ? ' ' 1 ille. * turn. LESSON XVI. 1OO. THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS. is, this, that ; also he, she, it. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. NOM. is ea id ei, ii eae ea GEN ems ems eius eorum earum eorum DAT. ei el ei eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis Ace. etim earn id eos eas ea ABL. eo ea eo eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis a. Is as a pronoun means he, she, it. As a demonstrative adjective it is an unemphatic/'/to or that in meaning, stand- ing between hie and ille, but somewhat nearer to the latter. 101. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS. is, he. ea, she. id, it; also this, that. eius, his, her, its. eorum, earum, eorum, their, eum, him. earn, her. id, it; also this, that. 102. EXAMPLES. Is vir cum studio labdrat, This man labors with eagerness. Studium eius viri laudamus, We praise the eagerness of that man, 49 50 LESSON XVI. Amicus eius amatur, His friend is liked. 103. 1. Ei filiae Marci dona dedistis, atque grata fuerunt haec dona. 2. Ei cum studio auxilium dabunt. . 3. Legatus in idoneo loco hiberna conlocaverit. In hl- berna equis multa tela et magnam copiam frumentl portabit. Galli haec hiberna oppu^nabunt, sed non occupabunt. 4. Nonne pugnae signum dabis ? II. CAESAR ET ARIOVISTUS. Ariovistus erat Germanus. Gallos facile SUperaverat. Caesar atque Romani gladiis telisque cum Ariovisto pugna- verunt, eumque in bello superaverunt. Magna erat haec pugna. Magnum studium pugnae erat Ariovisto. Multos viros atque equos habuit et Gallos multis pugnis superaverat. Caesar castra cum vallo portisque in loco idoneo prope eum conlocavit, et in haec castra impedimenta portavit. Ger- manorum castra vallum non habuerunt, nam barbari erant. In pugna Germanis magnum fuit studium, sed Romanis con- silium atque bona arma fuerunt. Deinde Romani supera- verunt. In fuga per silvas multi German!, viri, mulieres, etiain li 1 ) i, inter ecti simt. Ariovistus ipse in Germaniam fugit. Jta (i-.'rriia I a Romanis SUperatl SUnt. 1O4 WORD-LIST. signum, -I, standard or en- supero, -are, -avi, -atum, sign, signal. to surpass; hence, some- clo, dare, dedi, datum, to times, to conquer. give. ita, adv. , thus, in this way. 1O5. (See 72 and 129.) The lieutenant will give the signal for battle and the men will attack the Gauls with great eagerness. LESSON XVI 5 1 There are a few Gauls in the road, and a great num- ber in the woods. A few Romans will attack the former with javelins, but the latter will be attacked with swords. In a suitable place in the woods the Gauls have placed (their) children and baggage. The Romans, who l will fight in the road will easily overcome the Gauls there. Then 2 they will easily seize the bag- gage of the Gauls. Next 3 they will give help to their) friends, who 1 will attack those Gauls who are in the woods. Thus the Gauls will easily be con- quered. This is the plan of the lieutenant. 1 qui. 8 turn. 3 deinde. LESSON XVII. 106. QU. qui, who, which. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. t M. F. N. NOM. qui quae quod qui quae quae GEN. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum DAT. cui cm cui quibus quibus quibus Ace. quern quam quod quos quas quae ABL. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus a. Qui is called the Relative Pronoun. e Relaiive Pronoun. 107. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS IN SINGULAR. qui, quae, who. quod, which, that. cuius, of whom, whose, of which. CUl, to or for whom. CUI, to or for which. quern, quam, whom. quod, which, that. 108. EXAMPLES. Ubi est puer qui temptavit ? Where is the boy who tried? Copiae quas habet sunt magnae, The supplies which he has are large. Puer cui donum dat est parvus, The boy to whom he gives the gift is small*. 52 LESSON XVII. 53 Consilium quod dat est bonum, The advice Agreement of Which he gives IS good. Relative Pronoun. a. Notice that the relative pronouns in these sentences have the same gender and number as the nouns to which they refer (called their antecedents) : qui as puer, quas as copiae, cui as puer, quod as consilium. But the cases are often different. Qui is the subject of est, quas the direct object of hab3t, cui the indirect object of dat, and quod the direct object of dat. 1O9. RULE. A relative pronoun agrees with its ante- cedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon the construction of the clause in which it stands. 11O. 1. Vir bonus, cuius films in hoc agro laborat, est in castris. 2. Numerus equorum, qui in castra impedimenta porta- bunt, est magnus. In castris sunt multa signa. 3. Viri, quibus erant gladii, panel erant. 4. Consilium nimti populo non eritgratum. 5. 111! equi, quibus Marci filius in via frumentum portat, sunt nigri. Defessus est filius Marci, qui in castra frumen- tum portat. Aeger est vir, cuius equi in via sunt. 6. Non grata filiae Galbae sunt dona quae puer dat. Aeger est puer, qui haec dona filiae dabat. 7. Tribunus est hie vir, cui multa arma sunt, sed a bar- baris captivis, quos hi equi portabant, vulneratus est. WORD-LIST. castra, -drum (in plural only), camp. 112. (See 129.) 1. The man whom you wounded is a messenger. 2. The men to whom you gave the. swords which were on the wall are Gauls. 54 LESSON XVIL 3. This is the lieutenant whose baggage was seized. 4. This is the boy to whom you gave the gift. 5. These children wounded the son of Marcus with this javelin, which you gave to (your) friend. 6. This man to whom you gave the long sword is not (your) friend. 7. The tired captive to whom you gave the horse is not a Gaul. 8. The weapons which you gave to the men are in the camp. 113. LESSON XVIII. QUIS. quis, whop which? what? SINGULAR. M. NOM. quis GEN. cuius DAT. cui Ace. quern ABL. quo 114. F. quae cuius cui N. quid cuius cui M. PLURAL. F. N. quam quid qua quo qui quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quos quas quae quibus quibus quibus EXAMPLES. Quis castra oppugnabit ? Who will attack the camp ? Quis erit nuntius ? Who will be a messenger? Quid amantGalli ? What do the Gauls love ? Quae oppida a Romanis occupata sunt ? What towns have been seized by the Romans? a. Notice thnt quis in the first sentence and quid in the third are interrogative pronouns, while quis in the second sentence and quae in the fourth are interrogative adjec- tives, and agree with their nouns like other adjectives. b. Qui is used instead of quis and quod instead of quid as interrogative adjectives : Quod oppidum a Romanis occupatum est ? 115. 1 . A quibus haec castra oppugnabuntur ? 2. Qui viri hanc terram occupaverint ? 55 56 LESSON XV III. 3. Quid est in illO muro ? 4. Qui vir non amat pueros ? 5. Cui dabit tribunus hoc novum gladium? 6. Quibus viris non erit auxilium amicorum gratum? 7. Quos agios habet ille vir? 8. Quern vulneravisti ? 9. Quid est legato in hibernis ? TO. Quam portam tribunus oppugnabit ? 11. A quo arma ilia ibi sunt conlocata? 12. Quibus novis arrais ilium virum legatus vulneravit? 13. A quibus Roman! superati sunt ? 14. Cuius arma ille puer habet ? 15. In quo loco legatus impedimenta conlocabit ? In novis hibernis impedimenta conlocat. 1 6. Qui bonus vir auxilium amicis non dat? 17. Quos viros auxilio filiorum tribunns vulneravit? 18. Cuius tribuni in hibernis sunt impedimenta? In oppidum equis impedimenta portabuntur. 19. Quod novum consilium nuntius dabit? 116. WORD-LIST. novus, -a, -um, new. Hence impedimentum, -I, a km* also, strange. drance. In plural, the auxilium, -i, aid or help. baggage or baggage train Plural usually auxiliaries, of an army, light armed troops (stingers, bowmen, spearmen, etc.) 117. 1 . Upon what road were these wearied men attacked by the forces of the Gauls ? With what arms did the Gauls fight ? Whom did they wound with the javelins ? Whose horse was wounded in the fight ? 2. JvBy whom will this be told to the men in the council ? Will the gate of the winter camp be at- LESSON xvm. 57 tacked by the Gauls ? Is the winter camp located in a suitable place ? 3. Is that tall man the lieutenant? Why 1 is he loved by the men ? The men are few, but they will fight very eagerly (with great eagerness). 4. What towns of the Gauls will they attack ? 5. What is this man carrying ? 6. With whose sword was that man wounded ? 7. To whom will you give advice ? 8. In what place shall we place the camp ? LESSON XIX. READING LESSON. 118. PUER ET AMICUS. Puer qui in agro erat amico ita dixit, " Quibus sunt illi equi qui in hoc agro erant ? ' ' " Equi sunt eorum Romanorum qui in silva cum Gallis pugnabant." Ita amicus dixit. " Cur illi qui cum Gallis pugnaverunt ex equis in silvam non iverunt ?" 11 Olim ita iverunt, sed Galli facile equos vulnerabant, atque Romani multi superati sunt. Facile in agro ex equis pugnant, sed in silvis non ita est." " Illud \ignum quid est ? M "Signum in illis castris a tribuno datur. Non pugnae signum dat, nam prope Galli non sunt." " Vide ! Multi viri in porta murisque castrorum sunt. Id signum aliud, nonne in silva datur ? " " A Gallis id datur. Prope Galli sunt. Fuge ! " Sed pueri amicus a Gallis interfectus est, atque puer ipse vulneratus est. 119. Ariovistus was a German who greatly enjoyed a fight. 1 He seized the fields of the Sequani, who were Gauls, and conquered the Haedui in a great battle. The Haedui, who were friends of the Roman people, 1 Compare 103, II. 58 LESSON XIX. 59 told them, 1 "The Germans, who have conquered the Gauls, are seizing the land of Gaul. Are the Germans friends of the Roman people ?" The Romans sent word 2 to Ariovistus, 4 ' We are the friends of the Haedui." This was not pleasing to Ariovistus. He sent word to the Romans, " Will you fight the Germans ? They have never 3 been conquered. ' ' But Caesar with his forces attacked the Germans and conquered Ariovistus. 1 Singular. 2 nuntiare. 3 numquam. ACIES ROMANA BARBAROS OPPUGNAT. (From a column at Rome, of the second century after Christ.) Notice the acies, composed of milites, with sagittarii and other auxilia at the ends. LESSON XX. 12O. THE DEMONSTRATIVES I8TE. IDEM. IPSE. idem, the same. SINGULAR. M. F. N. NOM. idem eadem idem GEN. einsdem eiusdem eiusdem DAT. eidem eidem eidem Acc. eundem eandem idem ABL. eodem eadem eodem PLURAL. NOM. j?^ eaedem eadem GEN. eorundem earundem eorundem -p. j eisdem DA1 - \ iisdem eisdem iisdem eisdem iisdem Acc. eosdem easdem eadem A ( eisdem ABL - \ iisdem eisdem iisdem eisdem iisdem ipse, self. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. NOM. ipse ipsa GEN. ipslus ipslus DAT. ipsl ipsl Acc. ipsum ipsam ABL. ipso ipsa ipsum ipsl ipslus ipsorum ipsl ipsis ipsum ipsos ipso ipsls ipsae ipsa ipsarum ipsorum ipsls ipsls ipsas ipsa ipsls ipsls Iste, ista, istud, that, that of yours. Iste is declined like ille. (93.) 60 LESSON XX. 6 1 121. EXAMPLES Hie idem vir eum vulneravit, This same man wounded him. Legatus ipse eum vulneravit, The legate himself wounded him. Ipse virum vulneravisti, You wounded the man your self. Istum gladium el dedl, I gave him that sword of yours. a. Idem and iste can be used as either demonstrative adjectives or demonstrative pronouns. (Cp. 94, 3.) b. Iste is used in speaking of that which has some rela- tion to the person addressed. It sometimes denotes contempt. Do " of yours," " of his/' sometimes suggest contempt in English ? c. Ipse, strictly speaking, like the English "self," is not used alone, but in agreement with a noun or pronoun. Sometimes the noun or pronoun is understood from the verb ending, as in the third sentence. 122. 1. Quae nova arma barbari viri habent ? 2. In quod oppidum stint impedimenta portata? 3. Quis bello Gallos superavit? 4. Ad eandem port am properaverunt. 5. Hie est iste gladius quo ipse vulneratus es. 6. Telum atque equus sunt dona eiusdem viri. Isti puero haec dona ipse dedit. 7. Tribunus ipse legatum ipstim vulneravit. 8. Cui legato grata erat nuntiorum fuga? 9. In qua terra sunt silvae ? 10. In agris cum studio laborabitis. 11. Eadem castra cum copiis legati occupaverunt. 12. In concilio ipso Gallorum ille hoc consilium legatis ipsis nuntiavit. 13. In bello quod auxilium a tribunis legato datur ? Gratum auxilium gladiis in pugna tribuni legato dant. 62 LESSON XX. 123. 1 . To whom does that sword belong ? 2. Are these the sons of the same man ? 3. You yourself gave the signal of battle, and with a few men attacked the tribune himself. 4. These Gauls attacked the gate l of the camp itself. 5. That captive of yours is not at work. 6. The legates placed the camps in the same place. 7. The messenger himself, the friend of the tribune, was wounded by the latter 's captive. 8. What weapons do the men have ? 1 porta. LESSON XXL 124. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. quidam, #, a certain {person or thing]. SINGULAR. M. NOM. quidam GEN. cuiusdam F. quaedam cuiusdam N. quiddam, quoddam cuiusdam DAT. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ace. quendam ABL. quodam quandam quadam quiddam, quoddam quodam PLURAL. NOM. quidam GEN. quorundam DAT. quibusdam Ace. quosdam ABL. quibusdam quaedam quarundam quibusdam quasdam quibusdam quaedam quorundam quibusdam quaedam quibusdam aliquis, some, any {person or thing^). SINGULAR. M. NOM. aliquis GEN. alicuius F. ali qua alicuius N." aliquid, aliquod alicuius DAT. alicui alicui alicui Ace. aliquem ABL. aliquo aliquam aliqua aliquid, aliquod aliquo PLURAL. NOM. aliqui GEN. all quorum DAT. aliqui bus Ace. aliquos ABL. aliquibus aliquae ali qu arum aliquibus aliquas aliquibus aliqua aliquorum aliquibus aliqua aliquibus LESSON XXL a. Is the quis of this compound declined differently from the interrogative quis ? b. Aliquid is used as a noun, aliquod as an adjective. 125. I. The following adjectives, like the pronouns, end in -1US in the genitive singular of all genders, and in -1 in the dative: alius, alia, aliud, another. totus, -a, -um, whole. nullus, -a, -um, no one, ullus, -a, -um, any. none, no. unus, -a, -um, one, alone. solus, -a, -um, alone, sole. alter, altera, alterum, the other of two. neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither of two. uter, utra, utrum, which of two ? uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of two, both II. DECLENSION. M. NOM. alius GEN. alius DAT. alii Ace alium ABL. alio Voc. (alius SINGULAR. F. alia alms alii ali am alia alia N. aliud alms alii aliud alio aliud) The plural is regular. (474-) 126. TABLE OF MEANINGS. alius . . . alius, one, . . . another. alius . . . aliud, one one thing . . . another another* alter . . . alter, the one, the other. LESSON XXL 65 Alius aliud portat, One carries one (thing), another (car- ries) another. 127. i. Multi erant nuntii, atque eorum alius aliud nuntiabat. 2. Alii ad portam castrorum, alii ad impedimenta, pro- peraverunt. 3. Neutra hiberna in loco idoneo a legatis conlocata sunt. 4. Alii telum, alii gladium dabis. 5. Alteri hie equus, alteri ille datus est. 6. Si ab utroque legato oppidum occupation erit, neutri oppidi populus frumentum dabit. 7. Multi consilia Galbae legato nuntiabant, sed consilium istius nunti solius fuit gratum. Nulli consilia bona alii nuntii nuntiaverunt. 8. Toti concilio hoc consilium est gratum, sed illud nullis. 9. Alia hiberna in aliis locis Caesar habet, sed in his solis sunt magnae copiae. 10. Aliquis tribunus his viris quosdam captivos dedit. 11. Cul meum gladium dedisti? Cuidam puero dedi. 128. 1. Some attacked the gate, 1 others the wall. 2. Some messengers announce one (thing), others another. (Express in four words.) 3. Certain (men) seized all the grain in the city. 4. To neither of these children has any one given any gift. (94, sentence 3.) 5. One attacked the camp, the other the town. Both were wounded. 6. He gave javelins to many men, but he gave a sword to one man only. 7. Some men attacked the winter camp in one place, some in another. 1 porta. 66 129. LESSON XXL WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. cOpia auxilium am6, -are, -avi, -atus pugna bellum conloco " " " silva concilium laboro " " ., , 7 , \ than a hill. Mons est altior colh, Observe that in the first sentence, where quam is used, collis is in the same case as mons; but in the second, where quam is omitted, the ablative colli is used. RULE. The ablative is used with comparative-j in the sense of than when quam is omitted. 223. EXAMPLES. Murus est altior, The wall is rather (or too) high. Murus est altissimus, The wall is very high. These sentences illustrate meanings sometimes given to the comparative and superlative. 224. 1. Quis murum longiorem quam Romae vidit? 2. Quis longiorem murum quam murum Romae vidit? 3. Hostes in altissimo colli agmine Caesaris perterre- bantur. 4. Quis nigriorem equum eo habet ? 5. Hoc iter ad hiberna Caesaris est brevissimum. 6. Colles altissimi cum labore ab acerrimo hoste tene- bantur. 7. Padus est flumen longius Arno. 8. Pedites quos dux in alto colli tenuit hostium copias ab eo prohibebunt. LESSON XXXVll. US 9. Arma quibus Roman! a muro prohibebantur gladii longissimi erant. 10. Terra Gallia altiora flumina quam Italia habet. 11. Prohibetur ab urbe reliquis civibus. 12. Non facile ab urbibus pedites hostium prohibebat. 13. Novissimum agmen hostium in alto colle visum erat. 14. Estne hie equus nigerrimus ? 225. SAVING THE STANDARD. Ibi in silva Lucius Cotta legatus a Gallis interfectus est cum magna parte militimi. Reliqui se ad hiberna recepe- runt, ex quibus Lucius Petrosidius, aquilifer, magno numero hostium extra vallum premebatur. Aquilam intra vallum pro-iecit ; ipse maxima virtute pro hibernis pugnabat atque tandem interfectus est. 226. WORD-LIST. quam, adverb used after an adjective or adverb in the com- parative degree, than. 227. (Translate these sentences in two ways, where pos- sible.) 1. The sword which the hostage gave to the horse- man is longer than this one. 2. Who are more uncivilized than the Romans ? The Gauls are more uncivilized than they, but most uncivilized of all are the Germans. 3. Divi.ciacus was the freest of the chiefs of the Haedui, because he had not given his children as hostages to their enemies. 4. The men upon the wall are fewer than those who are in this gate. 5. He placed his camp upon the highest of the hills. 6. Is this road to the camp shorter than that (one) ? 7. The deepest river in Italy is the Padus. 8. Galba has a blacker horse than this horse, LESSON XXXVIII. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED, 228. The following adjectives form the comparative and superlative irregularly : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius optimus, -a, -um malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius pessimus,-a,-um magnus, -a, -um, large maior, maius maximus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um, much \ piurimus, -a,-um multi, -ae, -a, many [ * parvus, -a, -um, small minor, minus minimus, -a,-um 229. DECLENSION OF plus, more (plural more or many). SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. plus plures plura pluris plurium plurium pluribus pluribus Ace. plus pluris, -es plura ABL. plure pluribus pluribus 23O. Some adjectives are compared by means of adverbs : Idoneus, suitable. Magis idoneus, more suitable. Maxi- me idoneus, most suitable. 116 LESSON XXX IS III. 117 231. ALLIED WORDS. Castle Habitue Navigable Pertinent Subterranean Collocate Multifold Numeral Primeval Tenacious 232. 1. Romani hiberna maiora quam Galli conlocaverant. 2. Certum numerum militum in hibernis tenuit atque equites, quorum erat magnus numerus in Gallia, ex his regi- onibus obtinebat. 3. Caesar minor natu erat quam Pompeius. 4. Optimi milites saepe fuerunt pessimi homines, sed Caesar vir melior erat atque acerrimus princeps. 5. Optimos amamus atque perterremur a pessimis. 6. Melius est amari quam perterrere, et non difficilius. 7. Quis horum puerorum est aegerrimus ? Hie est ae- grior illo. 8. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 9. Helvetii hac ex parte monte altissimo continentur. 10. Hoc in colll pedites continebantur. 11. Reliquam partern copiarum in hoc loco continet. 12. Haec silva ab Helvetiorum regione ad terras Dacorum pertinet. 13. Marcus est maior natu et altior Sexto. 14. Muri horurn hibernorum sunt longiores quam muri erant superiore anno. 233, WORD-LIST. ob-tineo, obtinere, obtinui, obtentus, to possess, obtain. con-tineo, etc., to hold together. Passive also, is bounded (geographical term). per-tineo, etc., to extend. mons, mentis, m., mountain, n8 LESSON XXXyilL 234. 1. Because the Helvetians possessed a land which was bounded by very high mountains, which extended in all directions, they tried to seize a new country more suitable to a people who were very brave. 2. The largest city of Italy is Rome. 3. Because his men were fewer than those of the enemy he hastened by very long marches to the mountains and placed a camp in a suitable place upon a rather high hill. 4. Most men have more courage than skill. LESSON XXXIX. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.-CONTINUED. 235, Six adjectives in -lis are compared as follows : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. facilis, -e, facilior, facilius facillimus, -a, -um easy. difficilis, -e, difficilior, difficilius difficillimus, -a, -um hard. similis, -e, similior, similius simillimus, -a, -um like. dissimilis, -e, dissimilior,dissimilius dissimillimus,-a,-um unlike. humilis, -e, humilior, humilius humillimus, a, -um low. gracilis, -e, gracilior, gracilius gracillimus, -a, -um slender. 236. The following form their superlative i rregularly : exterus, 1 outward. exterior, outer. extremus, extimus, | outermost, \ last. inferus, 1 below. Inferior, lower. infimus, Imus, t lowest. posterus, 1 following. superus, 1 above. posterior, later. superior, higher. postremus, ) & postumus, [ su P remus, v ) h h summus, [ 1 Not used in the Nominative Singular Masculine. 119 120 LESSON XXXIX 237. The following have no positive, and form the comparative and superlative from other parts of speech : citerior, hither. citimus, hither most. interior, inner. intimus, inmost. prior, former. primus, first. propior, nearer. proximus, next. ulterior, further. ultimus, furthest, last. a. Do you remember any prepositions or adverbs from which these might be derived ? 238. ALLIED WORDS. Barbarity Laborious Omnipresence Content Major (i, a) Summit Enumerate Navigation External Obtainable 239. i. Has urbes in region i bus trans flumen primas obtinuerat. 2. Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvetiorum terris Genava. 3. Erat in Gallia ulteriore una legio. 4. Prima nocte summus collis obtinebatur. 5. Complures ex gladiis qui in muris sunt obtinere temptabat. 6. Belgae pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis. 7. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad montes et earn partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinet. 8. Galliam citeriorem montes Alpes continuerunt. 9. Facile est tela gladiosque obtinere. 10. Illud iter, quod inter altissimos montes atque flumen erat, obtinuit. 11. Ex ea urbe silva ad Helvetios pertinuit. 12. Urbem litus continebat. 13. Ab hoc loco collis pertinuit ad proximum montem. 14. Multi pueri magnis capitibus nun sunt superiores consilio. LESSON XXXIX. 121 24O. WORD-LIST. bonus, -a, -um, good; melior, melius, better; optimus, -a, -um, best. magnus, maior, maximus, large, larger, largest. multus, plus, plurimus, much, more, most. exterus, exterior, extremus or extimus, outward, outer, outermost. Inferus, inferior, infimus or lmus,*t>etow, lower, lowest. posterus, posterior, postremus, follow ing, later, last. superus, superior, summus or supremus, above, higher, highest ----- prior, former; primus,//. - propior, nearer; proximus, nearest, next. 241. 1. Pompey's fleet, whose chief was a man of the greatest courage, was larger than Caesar's. Pompey had more soldiers than Caesar, but the majority of the latter's soldiers were better than even 1 the best soldiers in Pompey's legions. 2. On the following night he placed his baggage upon the top of the hill. 3. The Romans had a more difficult march than they had last year, because the enemy were holding the hills which were next to the shortest' 4 of the roads. 4. The last hill held by the enemy was the highest. 1 etiam. 2 brevis, -e, short. Go GLADlT ROMANI. LESSON XL FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 242. Many Latin adverbs are formed from adjectives. STEMS (43). (ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.) ADJECTIVE. STEM. ADVERB. longus, long. longo- \oi\gQ, far. miser, wretched. misero- mi sere, wretchedly. These change the of the stem to e. i STEMS. (ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.) brevis, short. brevi- breviter, briefly. acer, eager. acri- acrtter, eagerly. sapiens, wise. sapienti- sapienter, wisely. These add ter to the stem. a. But notice that stems in -nti (sapienti-) drop ti. 243. The accusative and the ablative neuter of the adjective are also sometimes used as adverbs. multtis, much. multum, much. facilis, easy. facile, easily. primus, first. primo, at first. subitus, sudden. subito, suddenly. 244. ALLIED WORDS. Ameliorate Optimist Superiority Extremity Plurality Supremacy Majority Primitive Omniscience Priority 122 LESSON XL. 123 245. PUGNA PHARSALICA. The battle of Pharsalia was probably the decisive Dattle in the struggle between Caesar and the Senate (170), although it did not seem so at the time to the enemies of the former, and was not so fiercely con- tested as the later battles in Africa and Spain. It thus probably ranks as one of the decisive battles of the world. (See also 467.) 246. I. Pompeius, qui castra in - colle habebat, ad - Infimas - partes - mentis legiones conlocabat. " In -hoc - loco facile victoriam obtinebo," dixit. Caesar, quoniam numero muP tls - partibus erat inferior, suos - milites continebat, et in - idoneo - loco legiones conlocabat. Pompei - amicis, legatis - tribumsque, magnum proeli - studium erat, sed id ei non gratum erat. Tandem studio - amicorum superatus - est, pugnareque - paravit. Interim Caesar castra movere - constituit, atque signum dedit, iamque ill! quos primos in - agmine conlocaverat in - portis - castrorum erant. Sed eo - ipso - tempore legiones - Pompei ab - infimis - montis - partibus in - campum move- bant et pugnare - parare - videbantur. Id Caesar vidit atque oppugnare - paravit. Pompeius in - sinistro - cornu legiones - II conlocaverat: in - eo - loco ipse erat. Medium - locum Scipio cum - legi- onibus - Syriacis tenebat. Una - legio cum - cohortibus - Hispanis in - dextro - cornu erat - conlocata. Numero CO- hortes CX erant. Hae erant milia XLV. Reliquas cohortes VII in castris castellisque conlocaverat. Omnes equites, qui optima arma habebant, sagittarii funditoresque, in sinis- tra parte erant. Caesar unam legionem in dextro cornu conlocavit. Co- hortes LXXX habebat, quae summa erat milia XXII. Co- hortes II in castris erant. Ipse contra Pompeium erat. 124 LESSON XL. 247. WORD-LIST, cohors, cohortis, f., cohort, the tenth part of a legion. longe,/ plus, plunmum, much, more, most, mostly. minus, mini me, less, ieast. 253 POMPEY'S PLAN OF ATTACK AT PHARSALUS. Pompey said 1 to the leaders of his horsemen, "You will 2 of a sudden attack the horsemen who are oppo- site our left wing. Because you are more numerous and have better arms than they you will easily terrify them. Then (99, N. 2) you will quickly attack the foot- soldiers on their exposed flank. 3 They will at that time be fighting with our legions. Because they will thus be attacked from two direc- tions at one (125) time, they will become frightened and will hasten to save themselves by flight." 1 dlxit. 3 Imperative mood. 5 pars. LESSON XLII. 254. ALLIED WORDS. Contention Inferiority Omnipotent Contentment Malcontent Petition Defense Mountainous Facility Nostrum 255. PUGNA PHARSALICA. III. Turn Pompeius in - sua - castra ex - equo contendit, atque iis quos ad - portam conlocaverat dicit, " Castra defendite diligenter. " Castra a - cohortibus, quae ibi conlocatae - erant, vero diligenter defenduntur ; multo acrius a - Thracibtis - barbarisque - auxiliis. Nam qui ex - proelio ad - castra mili- tes coatendunt magis reliqua - fuga se servare quam castra defendere - petunt. Tandem omnes tells s;iperantur, atque cum - ducibus centurionibus - tribunisque - militum altissi- mum - montem qui ad - castra pertinet occupare - petunt. Quoniam is - rnons est sine - aqua, locum qui prope - flumen est turn occupare - petunt. Caesar partem suarum copiarum in castris Pompei, partem- que in suis castris conlocat, atque cum legionibus IIII ad hunc locum properat. Nostri { labore sunt defessi, et nox ad-est, tamen milites Pompei nocte aquam petere prohi- bent. Panel nocte fuga se servare petunt ; reliqui in dedi- tionem se Caesari dant. Signa ex proelio ad eum portantur CLXXX et aquilae VIII. Interim Pompeius ad litus contendebat et nave terram Aegyptum petebat atque ad urbem Alexandriam venit. Ibi 1 I.e. Caesar's. 127 128 LESSON XLll. rex erat Ptolemaens, puer qui magnis copiis sororem Cleopa- tram in bello superare temptabat. Amici huius regis illis qui a Pompeio venerunt gratissime responderunt; tamen Pom- peium interficere petebant. Ille ignorans ex nave ex-Ivit. cum paucis suis et interfectus est. FINIS. 25O. WORD-LIST, noster, nostra, nostrum, our. contendo, contendere, contend!, contentum, to strive, to hasten, sometimes, to fight. peto, peter e, petlvl, petitum, to seek, beg, demand. defendo, defendere, defend!, defensum, to defend. 257. How CAESAR THWARTED POMPEY'S PLAN AT PHARSALUS. Caesar saw the liorsemen of Pompey opposite his own right end (251). He quickly said to the lead- ers of VI cohorts, "If (146, N. 5) yonder horsemen shall get the best of the horsemen who will be defend- ing our left end, you will defend the rest of our sol- diers/ 1 Pompey's horsemen easily terrify Caesar's horsemen, and then 1 eagerly hasten against the exposed flank 2 of the legion. Those VI cohorts suddenly attack them with their swords, and greatly terrify them. They then attack the legions of Pompey upon their unpro- tected end. Thus Caesar's soldiers overcame Pompey by means of the very plan by which Pompey tried to overcome them. 1 turn. * See 251, second paragraph. LESSON XLIII. THIRD CONJUGATION VERBS IN IO. capio, facio, fugio, iacio and their Compounds. 1 258. Learn all the tenses of the Indicative, the Present Imperative, and the Present Infinitive, Active and Passive, of capio (484). Compare these tenses of capio with the tenses of rego, and note the differences. 259. i. Capiebatis, capiebamini. 2. Capit, capiebat, capiet. 3. Capiunt, capiebant, capient. 4, Capior, capis, caperis. 5. Capiebar, capimur, cepi. 6. Capiar, capimus, capere. 7. Cape, captae eramus, captus sum. 8. Ceperamus, ceperis. a. Inflect in the same way facio, make, and fugio, flee. 26O. EXAMPLES. Quinque annos bellum gerebatur. War was carried on/ot jive years. Collis centum pedes ab-est. The hill is a hundred feet dis- tant, a. The accusative annds expresses duration of time, the accusative pedes extent of space. They answer the questions how long ? and how far? Accusative of Time and Space. 261. RULE. Duration of Time and Ex- tent of Space are expressed by the Accusative. 1 These are the most common of the verbs of this class. 1 29 13 LESSON XLIII. 262. CAESAR ET AFRANIUS. The following is the account of the closing opera- tions of Caesar's first campaign in Spain (compare 170), before the battle of Pharsalia (245). The incident given in 214 occurred during this campaign. Afranius, the general who is opposing Caesar, has decided to leave the region of Ilerda, since his supplies are almost exhausted, and marching southward to make a fresh stand in a more favorable region. If Caesar can gain possession of a pass over the mountains which Afranius must cross, he can prevent this movement and perhaps starve his foes into a surrender. The camp of Afranius is situated between Caesar's camp and the pass. The two camps are in sight of each other, and it seems impossible for Caesar to seize the pass in ad- vance of Afranius. 263. I. Caesar cum omnibus copils ex castris ex-ivit, magnoque cir- cuitu sine certo itinere exercitum duxit. Hoc Afrani milites viderunt et laetissimi erant. " Vide," dixerunt, " inopia fru- menti Caesar fugit atque adurbem Ilerdam rursus suos milites ducit." Sed paulatim ad dextram agmen Caesar ducebat et brevi tempore primi superaverant regionem eorum castrorum et iam prope montem fuerant. Turn vero celeriter omnes copias ex castris Afranius duxit, rectoque ad montes itinere contendit. Exercitum Caesaris viarum difficultates, Afrani copias equi- tatus Caesaris tardabant. Ad irontem prius agmen Caesaris venit atque ibi contra exercitum Afrani milites conlocati sunt. Turn vero et ab equitatu novissimnm agmen Afrani exercitus premebatur, et ante se legiones Caesaris videbat. Ad collem Afranius exercitum duxit atque ibi legiones suas conlocavit. LESSON XLlll. 131 264. WORD-LIST, equitatus, -us, m., cavalry. duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, to lead. dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say. 265. The enemy tried to seize the gate ! by night, and thus to lead their forces into the city, but the leader of the men who were in the city quickly hastened to the gate. He wounded a few of the enemy, and thus frightened the rest. They did not attack him during the remainder of the night. During the whole of the next day, 2 with a few men, he was keeping tne enemy away from the gate. At length, 3 by night, the enemy, wearied, retreated. 4 1 porta. 2 268. 3 tandem. * se recepit. LESSON XLIV. FIFTH DECLENSION. 266. Nouns of this declension are feminine, except dies, which is masculine. a. Dies is sometimes feminine in the singular. 267. Very few nouns belong to this declension, but some of those which do are frequently used, especially acies, dies, and res. 268. dies, day. stem die* SINGULAR. PLURAL. NOM. dies NOM. dies GEN. die! GEN. dierum DAT. die! ' DAT. diebus Ace. diem Ace. dies ABL. die ABL. diebus Voc. (dies) Voc. (dies) 269. ALLIED WORDS. Abduct Conductor Dictum Amiable Continue Prediction Conduce Defender Conduct Diction 27O. CAESAR ET AFRANIUS. II. Ex eo loco, ubi suum exercitum conlocaverat, IV cohor tes in eum montem qui ibi erat altissimus Afranius misit. Hunc magno citrsu harum cohortium occupare petivit. Has 132 LESSON XLIV. 133 cohortes equitatus Caesaris ex omnibus partibus oppugnavit. Qiiarum milites in conspectu utrorumque exercituum inter- fecti sunt. Quoniam equitatus ita proelium commiserat, atque rem ita bene gesserat, ad Caesarem celeriter legati, centuriones, tribunique militura venerunt. Dixerunt, " In conspectu totius exercitus A'frani hae cohortes interfectae sunt. Perter- retur eius exercitus; proelium cum tuis legionibus non sustine- bit. Cur dubitas proelium committere ? Celeriter victoria nobis erit." Hoc consilium suorum tamen Caesar i non gratum fuit. Proelium non commisit. ^Proelium non committam," dixit, 4< nam in pugna mei milites vulnerabuntur. Sine pugna hanc rem bene geram, nam a frumento Afranium pro- hibui." Consilium Caesaris militibus non gratum fuit, tamen paulum ex eo loco ex-ivit. Turn Afranius in castris suos conlocavit. 271. WORD LIST, res, rel, f., thing, state of affairs. committo, committere, commisi, commissum, to bring to- gether. With proelium, to begin the battle. 272. After * the whole of Gaul had been overcome by Caesar, the Gauls again (81, N. 2) fought with him. They harassed 2 him for a long time, and kept him from (securing) grain. At length 3 he attempted to retreat (cp. 178, N. 2) into the province. 4 The Gauls had very many horsemen, and did not hesitate to begin battle with Caesar. But Caesar had already 5 sent secretly 6 to the Germans, 7 who sent him a great number of horsemen. After the Gauls had begun the battle the German cav- alry was sent against them, and quickly brought the matter to a successful issue. 1 185, N. 2. 2 289. a 2 <5 5? N> 3> 6 clam. 7 Not dative. LESSON XLV. SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE. 273. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctive of sum (486) and of the active and passive of amo (480), moneo (481), rego (482), and capio (484). a. In the same way inflect these tenses of paid, pugno, video, perterreo, duco and mitto. 274. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 1. This Mood is used chiefly in Subordinate clauses. a. All subordinate clauses, however, do not take the Sub- junctive. b. The Latin Subjunctive has no relation to the English Subjunctive, nor should it be thought of as being generally similar to the English Potential (" might," " would "). 2. The so-called Present and Imperfect tenses have ex- actly the same meaning in nearly all subordinate clauses. They denote incompleted action, past, present, or future. 275. Incompleted action represents the action of the verb in the subordinate clause as still going , . 1-1,1 r Incompleted on at the time to which the sentence refers. Action. The "time to which the sentence refers" is the time denoted by the main verb of the sentence. a. The English and Latin indicative tenses of incom- pleted action are : I was carrying, Portabam (Latin Imperfect). I am carrying, PortO (Latin Present). I shall be carrying, Portabo (Latin Future). LESSON XLV. 135 276. Never think of the Present Subjunctive as denoting incompleted action in present time only, like the Pres- ent Indicative, or of the Imperfect Subjunctive as denoting incompleted action in past time only, like the Imperfect Indicative. The names "Present" and "Imperfect" are very misleading in this respect. RULE FOR USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 277. If the main verb of the sentence denotes pres- ent or future time, use the present subjunctive. If the main verb of the sentence denotes past time, use the imperfect subjunctive. 2.78. EXAMPLES, ,Se parant ut pugnent, They prepare themselves that they may fight (so that they may fight, so as to fight, in order that they may fight, in order to fight, to fight, for the purpose of fighting}. Se parabant ut pugnarent, They prepared themselves that they might fight, etc. Legates mittunt ne oppidum oppugnetur, They send envoys in order that the town may not be attacked, that the town may not be attacked, lest the town be attacked. Legates miserunt ne oppidum oppugnare- clauses tur, They sent envoys in order that the town p UP p OSe . should not be attacked. a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut or ne express the purpose or intention of the subjects of the principal clauses. b. Notice that ut introduces a positive, ne a negative, purpose. c. Notice that the verbs in the clauses expressing purpose are in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule. (277.) d. Notice the various expressions by which ut and ne may be translated. I3& LESSON XLV. 279. RULE. Purpose is expressed by ut and ne with the subjunctive. a. The infinitive is never to be used in Latin to express purpose as it is in English. 1 280. ALLIED WORDS. Adduce Induce Reduce Deduce Introduce Traduce Deduct Introduction Educe Produce 281. 1. Ad silvam properabit ut victoriam obtineat. 2. Defessi principes laboraverunt ut urbs defenderetur. 3. Ut via defenderetur ad portam urbis properavimus. 4. Boni principes bene "pugnaverunt ut victoriam habe- rent. 5. Porta a paucis hominibus defendetur ut murus a plu- ribus teneatur. 6. Ne pater defessus sit, pueri ei celeriter auxilium da- bunt. 7. Ne pedites vulnerentur equitatus ut eos defendat pro- perat. 8. Multas cohortes ducet ut murum oppugnet. 9. Ne nocte laborenius contendemus. 10. Ex urbe copias ducere temptat ut eis auxilium mittat. 11. Ex castris principem prohibet ut ipse tutus sit. 12. Hoc locum occupat ut celeriter ad suos contendat. 13. Multas copias habet et bellum geret. 14. Legatos mittam ut auxilium petam. 15. Copias in castris tenet, sed brevi tempore pedites ad montem ducet, et hostem oppugnabit. 1 6. Pugnatis ut liberos defendatis. 1 In classical Latin exceptions to this rule are very rare, and are con- fined almost entirely to the works of Vergil and other poets. LESSON XLV. 282. I. He will lead these troops into the winter camp, so that he may defend it easily. 2., He led a cohort into the winter camp, in order that he might defend it easily. 3. He sent help to the cohort, in order that it might quickly seize the hill. 4. He is preparing great forces, lest he be over- come. 5. He will hasten to the town, lest he be wounded. 6. He left l his baggage in the winter camp, so that his soldiers should not have a hard time (86) from want of horses. ROMAE URBIS PORTA OSTIENSIS. LESSON XLVI. 283. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. FIRST PERSON. Ego, 7. SINGULAR. PLURAL. NOM. ego nos GEN. mei nostrum or nostri DAT. mi hi nobis Ace. me nos ABL. me nobis SECOND PERSON. Tu, thou. NOM. tu vos GEN. tin vestrum or vestri DAT. tibi vobis Ace. te vos ABL. te vobis THIRD PERSON. Sui, of himself , herself, itself. GEN. sui sui DAT. sibi sibi Ace. se or sese se or sese ABL. se or sese se or sese 138 LESSON XLVl. 139 a. Notice that sul is reflexive; that is, like suus (191), it refers only to the subject of the sentence, or (sometimes) of the clause. b. Is, ea, id (100) and sometimes hie and ille (93) are used for the personal pronoun of the third person when not reflexive. 284. EXAMPLES. Ego sum altus, tu es parvus, I am tall, you are small. Omnes se (or sese) laudant, They are all praising them- selves. Amicus mecum manebit, My friend will stay with me. Quis vestrum se non recepit ? Who of you did not retreat j> a. Notice in the first sentence that the subjects ego and tu are expressed. They are usually omitted except for empha- sis or contrast. b. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons often have a reflexive sense : Tu te laudas, Thou praisest thyself. Omnes nos laudamus, We are all praising ourselves. 285. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. meus, -a, -um, my, mine. tUUS, -a, -um, thy, thine, your (sing. ), yours. SUUS, -a, -um, his, hers, its, their, theirs. (Reflexive 191.) noster, -tra, -trum, our, ours. vester, -tra, -trum,jwr (plu.) yours. a. Tuus refers to one person : Marce, tuum amicum vidi, et tuos equos habuit, Mar- cus, I saw your friend, and he had your horses. Vester refers to more than one person : Milites, vestros tribunes video, sed ubi est vester legatus ? Soldiers, I see your lieutenants, but where is your general /> % b. Notice that the word "your" translates both tuus and vester. 140 LESSON XLI/L 286. EXAMPLES, Nos qui milites sumus eum laudamus, sed vos, qui le- gatl CStis, CUlpatis, We, who are soldiers, praise him, but you, who are generals, blame him. a. Notice that the first qui, because it refers to nos, is the subject of a verb in the first person, sumus ; and that the second qui, which refers to vos, is the subject of estis, a verb in the second person. 287. ALLIED WORDS. Aqueduct Dictionary Captor Express Commit Impress Compress Repress Predicate Predictive 288. CAESAR ET AFRANTUS. III. Caesar milites in montibus inter Afrani castra castraque sua conlocavit. Postero die principes exercitus Afrani, quoniam in compluribus partibus premebantur,perturbati sunt, atque de his rebus consilium ceperunt. In concilio eis nuntiatur, " Qui aquam petunt ab equitatu Caesaris prementur." Quam ob rem in via quae ad aquam pertinuit equites legionariasque cohortes conlocaverunt, et posterum diem vallum ex castris ad aquam ducere temptaverunt ut intra vallum aquam pete- rent atqne ne ab equitatu premerentur. Hos dies tamen inopia frumenti premebantur ; aquam aegre petebant. Fru- menti copiam parvam legionaril milites habebant, sed auxi- liis non fuit, et ea causa magnus eorum numerus omne hoc tempus ad Caesarem veniebant, atque se ei dabant. Tandem Afranius ad oppidum Ilerdam rursus pro pe rare temptavit, et ex castris ex-ivit. Caesar equitatum misit, ut novissimum agmen premeretur ; ipse ex castris legionaries milites duxit, ut equitatui auxilium daret. 289. LESSON XLVL WORD-LIST. 141 aqua, aquae, water, dies, diel, m. and f., day. legionarius, -a, -um, belonging to a legion, legionary. premo, premere, press! , pressus, to press to harass. capio, capere, cepi, captus, to take. 29O. (Use whatever words you think will express the sense of the following lines, which are taken from Macaulay's < ' Battle of Lake Regillus. ' ') THE CHALLENGE. Mamilius spied Herminius And dashed across * the way ; " Herminius, I have sought thee Through many a bloody day. One of us two, Herminius, Shall never 2 more go home. 3 I will lay on for 4 Tusculum, And lay thou on for Rome." 291. REVIEW WORD-LIST. POSITIVE. bonus, -a, -um exterus, -a, -um inferus, -a, -um magnus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um parvus, -a, -um posterus, -a, -um superus, -a, -um COMPARATIVE. melior, -ius exterior, -ius inferior, -ius maior, -ius fllilC! SUPERLATIVE. optirnus, -a, -um extremus, -a, -um infimus, -a, -um maximus, -a, -um plurimus, -a, -um minimus, -a, -um postremus, -a, -um summus, -a, -um (supremus, -a, -um) primus, -a, -um proximus, -a, -um IJi HO minor, minus posterior, -ius superior, -ius prior, -ius propior, -ius 1 Crossed, trans-Ivit. 5 119, N. 4. 'Perhaps these two lines might rased, "Hit city shall never more s*# en* 0f u. 4 pIO 142 LESSON XLY1. obtineC obtinere obtinul obtentus contineo continere continui contentus pertineo pertinere pertinui capio capere cepi captus committo committere commisi com missus contendo contendere contend! contentus defendo defendere defend! defensus dico dicere dixi dictus duco ducere duxi ductus gero gerere gessi gestus mitto mittere misi missus peto petere petivi petltus premo premere press! pressus aqua, aquae bene celeriter cohors, cohortis facile mOns, montis longe equitatus, -us multum, multd exercitus, -us subito r6s, rei legionarius, -a, -um noster, nostra, nostrum contra suus, -a, -urn LESSON XLVII. READING LESSON. 292. ALLIED WORDS. Aquarium Capture Deduction Fact Impetuous Induction Position Postern Diurnal Inexpressible 293. CAESAR ET AFRANIUS. IV. Equitatus noster in novissimum agmen exercitus Afrani im- petus faciebat. Non multum spatium Afranius eo die iter fecit, atque quoniam impetibus equitatus premebatur mon- tem altum cepit ibique castra ponere videbatur. Postquam Caesar castra posuerat equites in agros iverunt ut frumen- tuin caperent atque equis suis darent. Afranius rursus su- bito iter facere temptavit. Sed Caesar cum legionariis e castris in eum properavit ; in castris impedimenta atque pau- cas cohortes reliquit. Celeriter equitatus quoque venit. Acriter impetum in novissimum agmen fecit. Coinplures legionarii milites, etiam centuriones, interfecti sunt. Turn vero exercitus Afrani rursus castra posuit. Haec castra in loco qui longe ab aqua a-fuit posita sunt. Caesar impetum non faciebat, sed eo die tabernacula in suis castris non posuit, ut celeriter in eos impetum facere paratus esset. Postern m diem in castris suos Afranius tenebat. Prima nocte ut aquam peteret non ex-ivit, sed proximo die paucas cohortes in castris reliquit atque omnes reliquas copias ad J44 LESSON XLVIL aquam duxit. Tamen earn diem frumentum ex agris ut equis darent capere non temptavit. 294. WORD-LIST, impetus, impetus, m., an attack. facio, facere, feel, factus, to make, do. pono, ponere, posul, positus, to place. 295. 1. For many days he tried to take the town. 2. He takes the sons of the chiefs as hostages, in order that they may not wage war upon him. 3. He placed his camp upon the highest hill, in order not to be attacked. 4. Caesar hurries to Spain to attack Afranius (279). 5. The cavalry attacked the rear rank of the army, in order that it should not march a great distance upon that day. 6. He went out of the camp in order to lead his forces to water. 7. He kept his men in the winter quarters for many days, lest the enemy should see them (279). 8. At what time will you see him ? LESSON XLVIII. NUMERALS. 296. Learn the cardinals (479). 297. Unus, one. MASC. FEM. NEUT. NOM. unus una unum GEN. unlus unlus unius DAT. uni unl unl Ace. unum unam ununr ABL. uno una unO Voc. (unus una unum) Duo, two. MASC. FEM. NEUT. duo duae duo duorum duarum duorum duobus ^duabus duobus duos, duo duas duo duobus duabus duqbus (duo duae duo) Plural of Mllle, thousand. milia milium milibus milia milibus (milia) a. The declension of unus has been referred to before ("5)- 298. The cardinals from quattuor to centum are in de- clinable. The hundreds (excepting centum) are declined like the plural of bonus. Centum and mflle in the singular are indeclinable. 145 Tres, three, M. AND F. NOM. tres NEUT. tria GEN. trium trium DAT. tribus tribus Ace. tres tria ABL. tribus tribus Voc. (tres tria) *46 LESSON XLYIIL 299. EXAMPLES. Sex milites sunt in castris, $ix soldiers are in the camp. A sex militibus oppugnatus est, He was !^ 8e of . N umerals. assailed by six soldiers. Trlginta tribus militibus dona dedit, He gave gifts to thirty-three soldiers. Mille equites ad eum contendunt, A thousand horsemen hasten to him. Quinque mllia equitum ad eum contendunt, Five thou- sand horsemen hasten to him. a. Notice in the fourth sentence that mllle (the singular) takes the same construction as the other cardinals (like sex in the first), but that milia (the plural) in the fifth sentence is a (neuter) noun, followed by the genitive. b. This is called a partitive genitive, because it denotes the whole of which a part is taken. Other examples of this genitive, which has been fre- oenltl've quently used in preceding exercises, are pars frumenti, pauci militum. c. Notice in the third sentence that a declinable cardinal is inflected even when it stands with an indeclinable one. 300. ALLIED WORDS. Century Dual Trio Circumnavigate Factor Unit Co-operation Repression Deposit September 301. CAESAR ET AFRANIUS. V. Caesar interim vallum circum castra exercitus Afrani du- cere temptabat. Dies duos haec Opera consiliaque geruntur ; tertio die magna pars operis perfecta erat. Illi ut Caesarem ex opere prohibeant signum dant aciemque instruunt. Cae- sar ex opere legionaries milites re-vocat aciemque instruit. LESSON XLVIII. 147 Acies quam Afranius Instruxerat legionum quinque erat; Caesaris primam aciem cohortes ex quinque legionibus tenebant. Non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab illorum castris castra Caesaris ab-sunt, cuius spati partes duas acies quae instructae sunt tenent; tertia ad impetum militum relinqui- tur. Facilis fuga militibus Afrani est. Hac causa Caesar pugnare non temptat. Afranius quoque nun pugnare sed ex opere legionarios Caesaris prohibere temptat. Ad noctem acies ita continentur. 302. WORD-LIST. acies, aciel, f., line of battle. Instruo, instruere, mstruxi, opus, operis, n., work. instructum, to construct. ab-sum, ab-esse, a-fui, to Of troops, to draw up. be distant or absent. 303. The Gauls were attacking the winter camp for ten days. There were only 1 three cohorts in it, and the gate which was the nearest 2 to the enemy was defended by not more than two hundred soldiers. Thirty of these were killed, and a hundred and five wounded. The legate himself hastened to the gate with twenty-two more soldiers, of whom five were wounded in a short time. Nevertheless 3 he defended the gate with much bravery. The enemy retreated (178, N. 2) by night. During this day five hundred Romans and two thousand of the enemy were killed (141, N. 6). 1 tantum. 2 237. 5 tamen. LESSON XLIX. 304. Learn the first twenty-one ordinals (479). 305. ALLIED WORDS. Cent Minority Summit December Mural Unify Duel Pugnacious Decimal Quart 306. CAESAR ET AFRANIUS. VI. Postero die Caesar vallum ducere rursus paravit ; ill! trans flumen quod non longe a-fuit copias ducere temptabant. Celeriter Caesar Germanos equitumque partem trans flumen misit, ut ab hac re eos prohiberet. Tandem, quoniam ita ab omnibus rebus prohibebantur, atque magna aquae frumentlque inopia erat, tarn premebantur ut l conloquium | eterent. Datus est obsidis loco Caesari iilius Afrani. In hoc conloquio Afranius se suumque exercitum in dedi- tionem Caesari dedit. 307. Pompey led one hundred and ten cohorts and seven thousand horsemen from his camp to wage battle with Caesar at the place Pharsalia. He had forty five thou- .sand men. He himself with two legions held one wing (199). Caesar led eighty cohorts from his camp, and had twenty five thousand men. He himself, with the soldiers of one legion, was opposite 2 Pompey. In this battle two hundred of Caesar's soldiers, with thirty cen- turions, 3 were killed (141, N. 5). Of Pompey's soldiers more than ten thousand were killed, I 3o8, 8 contra, B j2i Ml LESSON L 3O8. EXAMPLES. Milites ita fortes sunt ut impetum faciant, The soldiers are so brave that they make an attack. Milites ita fortes fuerunt ut impetum facerent, The soldiers were so brave that they made an attack. Is miles a tribus Gallls oppugnatus est, ut vulneraretur, This soldier was attacked by three Gauls, so that he was wounded. ^i"" * of Result. Hie miles tarn fortis est ut non a Gallls perterreatur, This soldier is so brave that he is not frightened by the Gauls. a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut and ut non all express a result. b. Notice that a negative result is introduced by utnon. How is a negative purpose introduced? 309. RULE. The result of an action is expressed by the sub- junctive with ut and ut non. 31O. ALLIED WORDS. Aquatic Inductive Operate Caption Instruction Press Exposition Interdiction Factory Impetuosity 311. 1. Miles defessus erat ut ad urbem Ilerdam non mitteretur. 2. Quis nostrorum perterretur ut non acieni instruat ? 3. Contendit ad silvas ut non rib hostibus caperetur. 4. Contendit ad urbem ne ab hostibus capiatur. '49 150 LESSON L. 5. Nos urbem tarn diligenter defendimus ut non capiatur. 6. Flumen viginti pedes altum fuit. 7. Caesar quinquaginta sex annos vixit. 8. Mons decem milia pedum altus est. 9. Quis natus est centesimo anno ante Christum natum ? Nonne Caesar est ? 10. Ut in Caesarem bellum gerant hominum milia centum Bellovaci habent, atque ex eo numero sexaginta dabunt. Sues- siones oppida habent duodecim, et hominum quinquaginta dabunt, quindecim milia Atrebates, Arabian! decem milia, Morini viginti et quinque milia, Menapii septem milia, Velo- cassi decem milia, Caeroesi cum reliquis ad quadraginta milia. SUMMA HELVETIORUM. 1 1. Omnium rerum summa erat capitum Helvetiorum milia duo centum et sexaginta tres ; Tulingorum milia triginta sex ; Latovicorum quattuordecim ; Rauracorum tres et vi- ginti ; Boiorum duo et triginta ; ex his qui arma habebant ad milia nonaginta duo. 312. 1. He worked all the time, so as to have plenty of grain. 2. He works with eagerness, so that he has a supply of grain. 3. He defended himself with the greatest bravery, so that he was not captured. 4. He sent help to the town, so that it was not taken. 5. He will send footmen to the camp, so that it may not be taken. 6. He sent a legion to the winter camp, so that it should not be taken. 7. He sent a cohort to the hill, so that it was not taken by the enemy. 8. The legions are so many that the legate placed some cf fiem in one camp, and some in another (126). LESSON LI. 313. Learn the indicative, the present infinitive, and the present and imperfect subjunctive of possum (486). a To inflect the present, imperfect and future of possum prefix pot- to the forms of sum, remembering that pot be- comes pos before s, and that the es of essem is dropped in the imperfect subjunctive. b. The perfect, pluperfect and future perfect drop the f of fui, etc. 314. ALLIED WORDS. Barbarian Military Sign Cogent October Unite Decimate Relinquish Impossible Republic 315. BACULUS CENTURIO. During Caesar's wars in Gaul (170) the Eburones, a tribe living next to the Rhine, treacherously ambushed a Roman force of about six thousand men, which was wintering among them, and totally destroyed it. The incident described in 225 occurred during the fight. The following summer Caesar attacked the Eburones with an overwhelming force. They did not attempt to resist, but took refuge in the woods and swamps. Cae- sar left his baggage in a camp at Aduatuca, and scat- tered his troops in small divisions over the country. But the Roman soldiers found it hard and dangerous work to hunt the Eburones from their hiding-places; 151 I5 2 LESSON LI. consequently Caesar announced that any of the neigh- boring Gauls or Germans who desired were free to aid him. He offered as inducement the slaves (or prison- ers of war) and plunder (or herds and other property) which they might secure. The following narrative relates how this invitation to all the marauders of these wild regions almost brought disaster upon himself. 316. I. Trans flumen Rhenum ad Germanos venit rumor, "Om- nes qui bellum gerere possunt ad praedam Eburonum a Cae- sare e-vocantur. " Cogunt equitum duo milia Sugambri, qui sunt Germanorum proximi Rheno. Trans-iverunt Rhenum navibus triginta milibus passmim Infra eum locum ubi pauci legionarii a Caesare relict!. Eburonum mult 6s quos exerci- tus Caesaris fuga se servare COgebat magnamque praedam ceperunt. Sed unus ex captivis, "Quidvos"; dixit, "hancmiseram capitis praedam? Fortunatissimi esse poteritis, nam cele- riter contendere ad castra Aduatucam potestis, quo in loco omnes suas fortunas exercitus Romanorum coegit, ut ibi mag- nam praedam capere possitis. Milites tarn panel sunt, ut in castris omnes se tenere COgantur, et centuriones suos ducere extra muros non audeant." Laetissime Sugambri suam praedam relinquunt, captivum esse ducem cogunt, et ad castra Aduatucam contendunt. 317. WORD-LIST. possum, posse, potui, to be able, can. cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus, to collect, to compel. relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, to leave behind. praeda. praedae, plunder. 318. i . He hastens with a small force to the winter camp to defend it (279), LESSOR LL 153 2. Because of the lack of grain he was unable to keep together the troops which he had collected from all regions for the purpose of carrying on war. 3. They were greatly disturbed (321), so that they left their booty and hurried into the woods (309). 4. Is your foot or (218, N. 8) mine the smaller? 5. We will send the foot-soldiers to the hills, in order that they may not be harassed by the horsemen. 6. Are you able to collect the men who are in the fields ? 7. I was compelled to hasten to your camp because I was unable to defend my own. 8. He sent five hundred soldiers with me, 1 so that I might be able to take the town (279). 1 mecum. LESSON LII. READING LESSON. 319. ALLIED WORDS. Instructor Posse Terrestrial Impetus Perturbation Unification Manufactory Predatory Opulent (cp. inopia) Proposal 320. BACULUS CENTURIO. II. Cicero, qui princeps in castris erat, eo tempore quinque cohortes frumenti causa in proximos agros miserat, quos inter et castra unus collis erat, ut vero pauci in castris essent, quorum multi erant ex legionibus a Caesare aegri relicti. Hoc ipso tempore Sugambrorum equites venerunt, atque subito a decumana porta in castra contendere temptant. Nostri re nova perturbantur, ac vix primum impettim cohors in statione sustinere poterat. Aegre portas nostri defende- bant ; reliqua loca murus ipse per se defendit, Tota castra perturbantur, atque alius ex alio causam rei petebat. Alius dicebat, "lam castra capta sunt ! " alius, " Caesar interfectus est atque barbari, victoria laeti, vene- runt." Erat aeger in castris relictus Publius Sextius Baculus, ac diem icim quintum cibum edere non poterat. Hie sine armis ex tabernaculo ex-ivit ; vidit hostes qui in porta cum paucis nostrorum pugnabant, cepit arma a proximis militibus atque ad portam contendit. Cum eo iverunt centuriones eius cohortis quae in statione erat. 154 LESSON LI/. 155 Parvum tempus proelium sustinere poterant. Rtliquit animus Sextium, qui graviter vulneratus est : aegre ab aliis centurionibus servatus est atque intra portam portatus est. Quoniam hoc spatium temporis virtute Baculi inter- positum erat, reliqui tandem in muro et ad portam iverunt ut castra defenderent. Interim cohortes quinque qui in agris fuerant ad castra venerunt. German I tandem ex-iverunt et cum ea praeda quam in silvis reliquerant trans flumen Rhenum se recepe- runt. FINIS. 321. WORD-LIST. centurio, centurionis, m., centurion. Each cohort was di- vided into three "maniples," and each maniple into two "centuries " Each century was commanded by a centurion. The centurions were all men who had been ordinary soldiers ( mill tes) and had been promoted because of bravery or efficiency. Each legion had 60 centuries, and each century contained from 60 to 100 men. inter-ficio, inter-ficere, inter -fed, inter -fectus, to ML re-cipio, re-cipere, re-cepi, re-ceptus, to take back, to receive; se recipere, to retreat. alius, alia, aliud, another (125, 126). perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus, to disturb greatly, throw into confusion. 322. 1. With much difficulty (217, line 12) he leads the men through (166, N. 2) the woods to the top of the mountain, in order that they may be able to see the cities, rivers, hills, and roads of all this region. 2. For three years he had been preparing to wage war, so that his cities should not be captured. 3. Caesar led the line of march to the nearest hill, I5 6 LESSON LIII. ill order that there he might draw up the line of battle. 4. Because he has fewer soldiers than the Gauls he keeps them in camp, lest they be killed (279). 5. The leader said to his soldiers: " You are men who have fought well in many battles in Gaul, so that you are easily able to take yonder camp (309). I my- self will lead you. " 6. They are in difficulty from want of javelins, so that they are unable either 1 to make an attack or l to retreat (309). 7. Cannot you yourself give me the horse ? 8. Some gave him a hundred, some fifty, hostages. LESSON LIII. FOURTH CONJUGATION. f-VERBS. Audio (stem audl-), hear. Principal parts, audio, audire, audivl, auditus. 323. Learn all the tenses, active and passive, of audio (485). How do the forms of audio differ from those of rego and capio ? 324. i. Audit, audiebat, audiet. 2. Audi, audire. 3. Audiunt, audiuntur. 4. Auditis, audiebatis, audietis. 5. Audiebam, ne audires, audite. 6. Audiam, auditur, audie- bamur. 7. Audiar, audimur, audiri. 8. Ut audirent, audie- batur. 9. Ut audias, audietur. 325. Inflect munio, fortify, and venio, come, like audio. 326. PROELIUM MUNDAE. S Ad proelium Mundae, quod postquam Pompeius interfectus erat in Hispania gestum est, Caesar cum eius filiis pugnavit. 1 See aut in vocabulary. 2 This anecdote is related by Plutarch, in his Life of Caesar. Its truth has been doubted. LESSON LIII. 157 Tarn acriter pugnattim est lit de hoc proelio amicis Caesar diceret, " De victoria saepe pugnavi, sed de vita hoc uno tempore." 327. GALL! ET GERMAN!, Olim Germanos Galli virtute tarn superaverunt ut ultro cum eis bella gererent, et propter homimmi magnum numerum agrique inopiam trans Rhenum colonias mitterent, Itaque ea, quae fertilissima Germaniae sunt, loca circum Hercyniam silvam, Volcae Tectosages, qui Galli sunt, occupaverunt. HI ad hoc tempus 1 his locis sese continent. Nunc a Germanis tarn rnultis proeliis Galli sunt superati ut non se ipsi illis vir- tute pares existimare possent. 328. 1. He hastens from camp to make an attack (279). 2. He hastened to the winter camp, in order not to be attacked. 3. He tried to capture the baggage of the whole legion, so that he might be able to prevent the march by the lack of food. 2 He seized the baggage of eight cohorts, so that very many soldiers are in want of food. But our legate will send the cavalry to the fields, that he may thus obtain grain. 4. The Gauls once sent colonies across the river Rhine into Germany, so that they have held the most fertile parts of this country until the present time. Nevertheless (303, N. 3) they are not the equals of the Germans in number, or 3 in other respects, 4 so that the latter now wage war upon them of their own accord. 1 That is, the time of Caesar. 2 cibus, -I. 3 aut. 4 res. IS 8 . LESSON LIV. LESSON LIV. REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 329. Learn the perfect and pluperfect subjunctives and the perfect and future infinitives of all the model verbs. Review the Use of Principal Parts (83). Review carefully the Personal Endings (76) and Tense Signs (188). 330. Each verb has three stems ; one for the Present, Imperfect and Future tenses ; one for the Perfect, Plu- perfect and Future Perfect tenses, Active ; and one for the same tenses in the Passive. This is why the " Prin- cipal Parts" must be learned. a. Do you see any reason, in the meanings of the tenses, why the stem of the Present, Imperfect and Future is different from that of the Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect tenses? (Cp. 275, a.) 33 1. Every verb form in the Present, Imperfect and Future tenses contains some or all of these divisions : Stenl, Ending, Conjugation (or Connecting) vowel, Tense sign ; nunti-a- ba-t, hab-e-bi-mus, pet-e-nt. 332. Conjugation Vowel : First Conjugation, A : nunti- At, nuntiAbat; nuntiAbit, nuntiAret, except in the Present Subjunctive, nuntiEt. Second Conjugation, E: habEt, ha- bEbat, habEbit, habEat, habEret. Third Conjugation, variable. Fourth Conjugation, I, audit, audlebat, audlet, audlat, audlret. a. Notice that verbs in io of the third conjugation have some forms like the fourth. Which are they? 333. Tense signs : Imperfect Indicative, BA : nuntia- BAt, habeBAt, peteBAt, capieBAt, audieBAt. LESSON LV. 159 Future Indicative : First and Second Conjugation, bo, bi, bu-nt. The Third and Fourth Conjugations have the vowel A in the First person singular, and E in the other persons: regAm, regEs, audiAm, audiEs. Present Subjunctive : First Conjugation, vowel E : nun- tiEm, Oiher Conjugations, vowel A : habeAm, petAm, capi Am, audiAm. imperfect Subjunctive, RE : nuntiaREs, habeREs, pateREs, capeREs, audlREs, 334. Personal Endings: Active, or m (/), s (thou), t (he*, mus (we), tis (you}, nt (they). Passive, r (/), ris (ihou), tur (he), mur (we), mini (you), ntur (they). 335. a. What unexplained peculiarity is there in the imperfect indicative of the fourth conjugation? b. Notice that the imperative and infinitive do not conform to these rules. LESSON LV. THE INFINITIVE. 33G. We are accustomed to think of the infinitive as meaning " to make," "to do," etc., and nothing else, but the Latin infinitive really has two meanings in Eng- lish. The words eum mittere, for instance, in one con- struction mean "to send him," and in another, "that he is sending. ' ' 337. The infinitive has two main uses : I. It completes the meaning of a verb, as in English. Vult venire, He wishes to come. Me interficere temptat, He is trying to kill me. 160 LESSON LV. I, a. j't has been very frequently used thus in the preceding lessons. This construction is easily understood (155). The perfect and future infinitive are rarely used in this construction. I, b. CAUTION. The infinitive by a similar usage in English expresses purpose. Venit ut me videat, He comes to see me. The idea of purpose is expressed in Latin by the sub- junctive with ut or ne (279). II. USE OF INFINITIVE IN INDIRECT STATEMENTS. EXAMPLES. Tu oppugnas, You are at- Dicit te oppugnare, He tacking. says that you are attacking. Urbs oppugnata est, The Existimamus urbem op- cily has been attacked. pugnatam esse, We suppose that the city has been attacked. Tu oppugnabis, You will Cognosce te oppugnatu- attack. rum esse, / know that you will attack. II, a. Compare the sentences in these two columns. The sentences in the second column contain indirect state- ments. What is an indirect statement? II, b. Now compare each sentence in the second column with its translation. Notice that te oppugnare is translated " that you are attacking" ; urbem oppugnatam esse, "that the city has been attacked"; te oppugnaturum esse, "that you will attack. ' ' II } c. Notice that there is no word in the Latin to corre- spond to the English word "that." The English word that, when used to introduce an indirect statement, cannot be translated into Latin. It is very important that the pupil remember this fact. LESSON IV. 161 338. Thus, after a verb denoting mental action ("to say," "think," "notice," "learn," etc.) the English usually uses the particle "that," followed by a finite verb; for instance, " He knows that you are the person." The verb or verbs introduced by the English " that ' are in Latin put in the infinitive. These infinitives are called infinitives in Indirect Statements. 339. In the model sentences in 337 notice that not only are the verbs of the direct statement changed to infini- tives in the indirect statement, but that the nominatives tu and urbs are changed to accusatives, te and urbem, although in the English translation each still remains the subject of the same verb as in the Direct Statement. These accusatives are said to be the subjects of the infinitives which follow them. 340. RULE. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 341. RULE. Statements after verbs and other expres- sions of saying, thinking knowing, and perceiving are called Indirect Statements, and are expressed by the infinitive with subject accusative. 342. 1. Dicit se tribimum futurum esse, 2. Dicit fugere Romanos. 3. Ei niintiant eos arma capere. 4. E castris equitatum e-duci cognoscunt. 5. Existimat Caium Fabium legatum cum legiombus dua- bus in castris relictum esse. 6. Cognoscit eorum fugk reliquum equitatum esse perter- ritum. 1 62 LESSON LV. 7. Ad Aeduos principes duos, quos illi interfectos esse existimant, cum equitibus mittit. 8. Caesar cognoscit summis copiis castra oppugnata esse ; et multos tells vulneratos esse. Summo studio militum brevi tempore ad castra per-venit. 9. Ubii, qui obsides dederunt, dicunt nulla auxilia ex sua civitate in Treveros missa esse. Treveii trans flumen Rhe- num legatos mittunt. Legati Germanis dicunt magnam partem exercitus nostri interfectam esse, atque multo mino- rem super-esse partem. Sed German! eis dicunt se non bello amplius fortunam temptaturos esse. 10. Dicunt se per bane terram iter facturos esse. Legatus dicit se eos prohibiturum esse. Illi dicunt se aliud iter habere nullum. 11. Dicis magnum numerum militum ad te celeriter a tribune ad-duci. 12. Dicunt omnes equites Aeduorum interfectos esse, et ipsos fugisse. 343. Turn the indirect statements in the first six sen- tences of 342 back into direct statements. If the perfect infinitive is used in the indirect statement, a tense denoting past time should be used in the direct statement; if a present infinitive, a tense denoting present time ; if a future infini- tive, a tense denoting future time. LESSON LVl. 163 LESSON LVI. 344. THE TENSES OF THE INFINITIVE IN INDIRECT STATEMENTS. rl* / te oppugna- ( **? say * \ that you attacked He will say V f , * Dixit ) V1SSC ' He said oppugna- \ ^ * a } ihai f , the , cii \ was , *a {/feHftr*'V (^J *ci) a/- Dlxit SC ' . ( He mid } tacked. Dicit } ( He says \ that you are attack- Dicet r te oppugnare, } He will say f ing. Dixit ) ( He said that you were attacking. . Dixit ) g c ( /fc w^ /*/ /^^ C//K was being attacked. te oppugnatu- ( ^? ^ i that you will attack. lce f rum esse 1 ^ w/// "? v ' Dixit ) ( ^^ jtf/i/ that you would attack. g cit , ) urbem oppugna- ( ^ ^ Dicet , f -f^j & -< ^ ici// jfly j attacked. Dixit J jft jci/ ///^/ Me $/ would be attacked. a. Notice the change in the English translation from are to were under the present infinitive, and wi'ttto would under the future infinitive. b. Notice that these changes occur because the English takes the point of view, as to-time, of the man who quotes the original speaker; that is, the point of view of the one who speaks or writes the completed sentence. 1 More commonly fore ut urbs oppugnetur (oppugnaretur, after Dixit). Fore is equivalent to futurum esse (486). 1 64 LESSON LVI. A little reflection will show that this is always the point of view of the present, or present time. c. The Latin, unlike the English, retains the point of view, as to time, of the person whose words are quoted, that is, the point of view of the person denoted in the Eng- lish sentences above by " He." 345. The time denoted by the infinitive, then, is the same as the time which was denoted by the verb of the direct statement whose place the infinitive has taken. a. The direct statement, for instance, "Venerat," "He had gone," always takes a perfect infinitive when it is turned into an indirect statement ; " Venio," " I am going," a pres- ent infinitive; " Venies," " You will go," i\ future infinitive. 346. RULE. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted by the verb of saying. a. The tenses of English verbs in indirect statements are past, present, or future, relatively to present time. 347. 1. Eo tempore murum defendebat. 2. Dixit se murum defendie-se. 3. Eo tempore dixit se murum defendere. 4. Dicit eum eo tempore murum defendisse. 5. Caesar dixit se saepe proelium commisisse. 6. Caesar dicit se saepe proelium committurum esse. 7. Caesar dixit se proelium committere. 8. Caesar dicit eum proelium committurum esse. 9. Nuntiatum est iter facile eum facturum esse. 10. Caesarem certiorem facient sese non facile ab oppidis hostes prohibere posse. 11. Haedui ad Caesarem legatum mittunt ut eum certiorem faciant paene in cOnspectu exercitus nostr* agros Helvetios occupavisse. LESSON LVll. 165 12. Considius elicit niontem ab hostibus teneri ; id se a Gallorum armis COgnovisse. Sed multo die Caesar COgnoscit montem a suis teneri. 13. Allobroges fuga se ad Caesarem receperunt et eum certiorem fecerunt sibi praeter agros nihil relictum esse. 14. Eodem die certior factus est hostes sub monte impe- dimenta posuisse milia passuum ab ipsius castris octo. 348. WORD- LIST cognosce, cognosces, cognovi, cognitus, to learn about, to recognize, to examine. certus, -a, -um, certain, trustworthy ; certiorem facere, to inform. facilis, facile, easy (167). 349. I.He learned that the enemy had .made an attack. 2. He learns that his own men are holding the mountain. 3. He learned that his own men had held the moun- tain for two days. 4. He learns that the enemy will make an attack. 5. He learned that the enemy was making an attack. 6. He learned that an attack had been made by the cavalry. 7. He will learn that the enemy is fighting with great bravery 8. He learns that the soldiers are tired. LESSON LVII. 35O. THE APPEAL OF THE GAULS TO CAESAR. Postquam Caesar belluin cum Helvetiis gessit, concilium totius Galliae die certo habitum est. Ex eo concilio prin- cipes ad Caesarem veniunt atque ita ei nuntiant : Galliae totius facti ones esse duas ; harum alterius princi- patum tenere Haeduos, alterius Arvernos. Hos inter se mul- 1 66 LESSON LVll. tos annos contendisse, atque ab Arvernis et Sequanis Germa- nos trans Rhenum flumen ductos esse. Cum his Haeduos armis contendisse; omnes principes et omnem equitatum in proeliis interfectos esse. Coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, et iurare sese neque obsides a Sequanis neque auxilium a populo Romano petituros esse. Sed peius Sequanis quam H led ULS accidisse. Ariovistum, re^em Germanorum, in eo- rurn terrain suum exercitum duxisse, tertiamque partem agri occupavisse, atque nunc alteram partem tertiam capere temp- tare. Hominem esse barbarum ; non posse eius imperia diutius sustineri. Caesarem unum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defen- dere. 351. 1. Caesar learned that the Arverni had brought Ariovistus with a large army into Gaul ; that the Gauls had been compelled to give hostages to Ario- vistus ; that he was about to seize a very large part of Gaul and give it to the Germans ; and that Cae- sar alone was able to defend the Gauls from him. 2. Change 350 from COactOS esse to the end into a direct statement. LESSON LVIII. 352. EXAMPLES. Timeo ut properet, ") I fear that he is not Timeo ne non properet, J hastening. ^JSSpiJS? Timeo ne properet, I fear that he is hastening, or, I fear lest he be hastening. a. Notice that verbs of fearing are followed by ut or ne with the subjunctive. b. Notice that ne, in this construction, can always be trans- lated by "/w/. M LESSON LJ/IIL 167 c. Notice that ne can also be translated by "that" and that ut means ' ' that not. ' ' Ut and ne thus seem to exchange the meanings which they usually have. 353. RULE. The subjunctive with ut or ne is used after verbs of fearing; ut meaning "that not" and ne "that" or "lest." 35*. 1. Tres annos frumentum parabant, ut in itinere copiam haberent. 2. Timemus ut bonum consilium capias. 3. Timemus ne malum consilium capias. 4. Mons erat altissimus, ut facile pauci eos prohibere pos- sent. 5. Timebat ut venirem. Timebat ne aeger essem. 6. Ut auxilium dare posset, reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie posuit. 7. Alius alii in pugna auxilium dabat. 8. Ita celeriter venerunt ut paene uno tempore et ad sil- vas et ad nostram aciem hostes viderentur. 9. Legati timuerunt ne aqua toti exercitui dari non pos- set. 10. Dicit Nammeium principem locum obtinuisse et nun- tiavisse se per illam terram iter facturum esse. IT. Timemus ne noster exercitus celeriter non veniat et urbs a principibus hostium capiatur. 12. Caesar certior factus erat eorum fuga reliquum esse equitatum perterritum. 13. Ita dies quindecim iter fecerunt, ut spatium inter no- vissimum hostium agmen et nostrum primum non amplius quinque aut sex mil i bus passuum esset. 14. Partem suarum copiarum trans flumen ducere tempta- verunt, eo consilio, ne hiberna oppugnarentur. 15. In concilio optimum esse videtur ad suam terram quem- que venire, ne in aliorum terris sed in suis pugnent. 1 6. Qua re erit ut totius terrae copiae ab e6 premantur. 1 68 LESSON LVllL 17. In collibus legionaries ponet, ut de consiliis princi- pum cognoscere possit. 1 8. Ut omnes uno tempore in hostes impetum facerent, a proelio suos tenebat. 19. Timent ut hostes impetum faciant. 20. Timuerunt ne hostes impetum facerent. 21. Legionarios ex urbe duxit ut hostis impetum faceret. 22. Legionarios ad superiorem locum ducit ne hostes im- petum faciant. 23. Legionarios ad locum superiorem duxit, ut hostes im- petum non facerent. 24. Hiberna non amplius quinque milibus passuum a flu- mine ab-sunt. 355, WORD-LIST, venio, venire, venl, ventus, to come. timeo, timere, timui, , to be afraid, to fear. 356. 1. He came to see you, but was afraid that you would not be able to see him. 2. He is afraid that you will not be able to see him, so that he has not come to see you (309). 3. They said that the enemy tried last night to seize the gate of the town, and wounded five men (341, 346). 4. They say that the fleet will attack his ships, but that his soldiers will easily defend themselves (341 , 346). 5. He learns that the Germans will attack him, and is about to abandon this region, so that they may not be able to do 1 this (179, 346). 6. He is leaving this region, in order that the Ger- mans may not be able to attack him (179). 7. He took possession of this hill and of yonder mountain, so that he should be able to make an attack upon the enemy from three directions at the same time. 8. He said that he was afraid that you would leave the baggage. 1 faci6. LESSON LIX. 169 LESSON LIX. PARTICIPLES. *357. Learn the participles of the model verbs (480-486). JL. Observe that there is no present passive or perfect active participle. That is, taking the verb "to send" as an example, there are no forms in Latin corresponding to " having sent " or " being sent." b. What participles are used as parts of the compound tenses in the model verbs ? 358. Participles are declined like adjectives, and, like them, agree with nouns or pronouns in gender, number, and case. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. A mans, loving. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. NOM. amans amans amantes amantia GEN amantis amantis amantium amantium DAT. amantl amantl amantibus amantibus Ace. amantem amans amantes, -is amantia ABL. amante, -1 amante, -I amantibus amantibus Voc. (amans amans) (amantes amantia) The declension is similar to that of sapiens (167). Perfect (amatus) and Future (amaturus) Participles are declined like bonus (474). 359. EXAMPLES. Ad Gallos oppugnantes oppidum venit, He came to the Gauls (while they were] attacking a town. Princeps captus ad Italiam mittetur, The chief, if he is 1 70 LESSON LIX captured (or, when captured, literally, having been taken), will be sent to Italy. Principem captum ad Italiam misit, He sent the chief, when he had been captured (having been captured), to Italy. Galli graviter perturbati fortiter pugnaverunt, The Gauls, (although] greatly disturbed (having been greatly dis- turbed}, fought bravely. Legatus, perturbatus, ad suos properavit, The legate, (because he was) disturbed (having been disturbed}, hastened to his own men. Navem relictam cepit, He took the ship which had been left behind. Oppidum oppugnatum est, The town has been (or was} attacked. a. The present (active) participle represents the action as going on at the time denoted by the mam verb Useof Participle. b. Notice the various ways in which the perfect (passive) participle can be translated. It lep- resents the action as completed at the time denoted by the main verb. This explains the somewhat puzzling fact illus- trated by the last sentence, that est, when combined with the perfect participle of a regular verb to form the perfect passive tense, seems to change its meaning to (i was." Oppidum oppugnatum est, if translated literally, means " The town is (in a state of] having {formerly} been attacked. ' ' Does this also explain why erat, when found in the plu- perfect passive of a regular verb, is translated "had been" instead of "was," and why erit, when found in the future perfect passive, is translated "shall have been" instead of " shall be " ^ LESSON LIX. 171 36O. RULE. With names of to\vns the place to which is expressed by the accusative without a preposition. p^'wl^ Place Whith, Ad urbem Romam venl, I came to the city Names of Towni - Rome. Romam venl, / came to Rome. Ad Galliam venl, / came to Gaul. a. In the first sentence ad governs urbem, with which Romam is in apposition. In the second Romam is used alone, and so is without a preposition. b. Notice that the rule does not apply to the names .of countries. c. Domus (420, 472) also conforms to this rule. > 361. CURIO IN AFRICA. Caesar's operations against the Senate and Pompey before the battle of Pharsalia (245) included the send- ing of an army under Caius Curio to invade the Roman province of Africa, in order to conquer Varus, a gen- eral who was friendly to the Senate. Varus secured the help of king Juba, who ruled over the tribes living in the mountains south and west of the province. 362. I. His temporibus Caius Curio in Africam, 1 a Caesare missus, ex Sicilia duas legiones ex quattuor quas ei dederat Caesar et quingentos equites trans-portavit et ad locum Anquilla- riam venit. Huius adventum Lucius Caesar filius cum de- cem longis navibus ad Clupeam exspectans, timens navium multitudinem ex alto ad proximum litus fugerat et pedibus Hadrumentum properaverat. Id oppidum Considius Longus una legione tenebat. Reliquae naves Luci Caesaris, fugi- entes ex alto, se Hadrumentum receperunt. Lucium Cae- 1 See Maps IV and V for the places mentioned in 362 and 365. I? 2 LESSON L1X. sarem fugientem capere temptans Rufus navibus duodecim quas ex Sicilia Curio e-duxerat ut classem a Varo missam ab onerariis navibus prohiberet, postquam in litore relictam a Lucio navem vidit, hanc cepit ; atque ad Curionem cum sua classe et nave capta venit. Curio Rufum Uticam cum navibus prae-misit; ipse exerci- tum ad flumen Bagradam duxit. Ibi Rebilum legatum cum iegionibus rellquit; ipse cum equitatu properavit ad Cast ra Cornelia, quoniam is locus idoneus habebatur. Is est mons ad litus, et ab-est ab Utica paulo amplius passus mille. 363. WORD-LIST, fugio, fugere, fugl, fugitUS, to run away, to flee. 364. (Use participles wherever you can.) i. THE DEATH OF DUMNORIX. Dumnorix, fearing that Caesar was going to kill him, fled from the Roman camp with the horsemen of the Haedui. Horsemen were sent by Caesar, so that he might be captured while he was fleeing. They killed him while he was trying to defend himself, and repeating (saying often 1 ) that he was free himself and the chief of a free state. His horsemen, terrified, came back again 2 to Caesar. 2. Lucius Caesar, fearing lest he should be cap- tured by the fleet which had been sent from Italy, left his ship upon the nearest shore and came on foot to Hadrumentum. The fleet of Rufus, who was trying to capture the ships of Lucius Caesar, came to the ship which the latter had abandoned. Rufus came with the captured ship to Curio, who sent him to Utica. 1 saef>e. a iterum. LESSON LX. 173 LESSON LX. READING LESSON. 365. CURIO IN AFRICA. II. Ex hue monte Curio castra Vari vidit. Eodem tempore vidit multa ex omnibus partibus per vias a populo portari, quae bellum timentes ex agris in urbem portabant. Ad has vias equitatum misit, ut haec caperet, eodemque tempore ses- centi equites ex oppido peditesque quadringenti, a Varo missi, ex-iverunt. Equites pugnaverunt, neque vero primum impe- tum nostrorum sustinere potuerunt, sed interfecti sunt circiter centum et viginti. Reliqui se in castra ad oppidum receperunt. Interim adventu longarum navium Curio magistris onerari- arum navium nuntiavit, quae ad Uticam numero circiter ducentae stabant, " Eum hostium habebo loco, qui non ad Castra Cornelia suas naves traduxisset. M Omnes naves ex. Utica ex-Iverunt et ad Castra Cornelia venerunt. Qua re omnium rerum copiam obtinere exercitus potuit. Turn Curio se in castra ad Bagradam flumen recepit, poste- roque die exercitum Uticam duxit et prope oppidum castra ponebat. Ei castrorum vallum facienti equites nuntiant magna auxilia equitum peditumque a rege luba missa Uticam venire, eodem tempore magna pulvis videtur, et brevissimo tempore primum agmen est in conspectu. Novam rem timens Curio equites prae-mittit ut ita primum impetum sustlneat; ipse celeriter ab opere legionarios ducit aciemque instruit. Equites proelium committunt et, quoniam nullum timentes principes hostis iter faciebant, tota auxilia regis perturbata ac perterrita fugere cogunt, magnumque peditum numerum interficiunt. Equitatus fuga servatur, atque se per litus cele- riter in oppidum recipit. *74 LESSON LX1. 366. The Gauls say that the plan of this messenger is a very good (one). They will make an attack upon the Romans while they are making l a march through the forest. They will first attack the auxiliary troops, whom they will easily be able to throw into confusion, so that these by their terror * may disturb the legionary troops. 2. The chiefs, sent 1 by king Juba, while they were marching L to Utica with many hundred horsemen and footmen, came in sight of the Romans, who were build- ing the rampart of their camp. When attacked 1 by the Roman cavalry the horsemen fled along the shore to Utica. LESSON LXI. 367. DEPONENT VERBS. Deponent verbs are passive in form, but active in meaning. Utor, I use (not, I am used). Sequitur, he follows (not, he is followed). There are deponent verbs belonging to each of the conju- gations, but the more common ones are nearly all of the third conjugation. 368. Their conjugation differs from that of the passive of other verbs in two ways : 1. The future infinitive of deponent verbs is active in form : conaturus esse (not conatum Iri). 2. Deponent verbs have the participles of both voices : conans, trying. conaturus, about to try. COnatUS, having tried. conandus, (gerundive). a. Does 357, a, apply to deponent verbs? 1 Use a participle. LESSON LXL 175 THE ABLATIVE WITH SOME DZPONENT3. 3OO. There are five deponent verbs which, with their compounds, take no direct object in the accusative case. They govern the ablative case instead; thus, Uteris meo gladio, You are using my sword. Quis labore non fruitur ? Who does n*,t enjoy labor /> 37 O. RuLE.--Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their compounds, govern the ablative. 371. 1. Ut facile eo consilio utatur, impedimenta in loco idoneo relinquit. 2. Facile est totius Galliae imperio potiri. 3. Eius consilio usi, proficisci temptaverunt. 4. Tuo gladio in impetu usus est. 5. Gladiis legionarii non utentur, ne obsides vulnerentur. 6. Quis bona fortuna non fruitur? 7. In Italiam celeriter profectus est. 8. Militem praeda frui dicit. 9. Milites, urbe potiti, etiam mulieres et liberos interfe- cerunt. 10. Impedi mentis hostium potiti sumus, quoniam impe- tum non sus-tinere potuerunt. 11. Laetissimi erant milites, quoniam urbe cum omni prae- da potiti erant. 12. Bello defessus, in Italiam cum una cohorte proficisci contendit. 13. Caesar proficiscebatur lit aginen hostis a monte prohi- beretur. a 14. Utl equitatu temptabat, sed labore equi defessi erant. 15. Qui erant hostium longius profecti, hos levis arma- turae interfecerunt. 1 6. Tandem conatus est Caesar opera per-ficere, ut impe- tum sus-tinere t. 17. Suo quisque consilio utebatur. I7 6 LESSON LXll 1 8. Galba nuntium pauca locutum loqui plura prohibuit. 19. Ea quae secuta est hieme Usipetes German! magna cum multitudine hominum flumen Rhenum trans-Iverimt, quoniam a Suebis complures annos premebantur. 20. Eodem die ex urbe proficiscitur magnisque itineribus in Senones per-venit. 372. WORD-LIST. utor utl, usus sum, (deponent) to use. proficiscor, proficlsci, profectus sum, (deponent) to set out, to go. sus-tineo, sustinere, sustinul, sustentum, to hold out against, sustain. 1 . It was told to the lieutenant, as he was setting out with three cohorts, that the Gauls would assault him suddenly among the hills, Fearing that foot-soldiers would not be able to hold out against their attack, he gave horses to the soldiers of the cohorts, using the horses of the auxiliary troops. 2 , Harassed during seven years by their enemies, they at length gained possession of a few ships, in order to come to their friends. But when their enemies learned f that they were trying to make use of the ships which they had secured, they made an attack by night and captured them. LESSON LXII. THE DATIVE WITH INTRANSITIVES. 374. Sibi nocent, They are injuring themselves. Mihi persuasit ut el crederem, He persuaded me to believe him. 375. RULE. Most verbs meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, help, and their opposites; also, to per- suade, command, obey, serve, resist, and the like, are followed by the dative. THE DATIVE; 177 a. These verbs are intransitive (that is, admit only of an indirect object. Cp. 23). English transitive verbs, (ad- mitting a direct object) are often used to translate them. b. Note that cedo (depart), confldo (trust in), consulo (con- sult/or), credo, cupio (long /or), ignosco (overlook], impero, noceo, persuadeo, placed (be pleasing), resisto (withstand), and studeo (be eager for) are intransitive. These verbs occur frequently in the writings of Caesar and Cicero. 376. 1. Nobis persuadet ut amicorum bonis fltamur. 2. Et sibi et clvitatl nocebit, si ab urbe proficiscetur. 3. Te cum studio sequemur. 4. Isti nuntio credere nun possum. , 5. Tibi ut venias persuadebimus, ut montes videas, 6. Clvitatl persuasit ut a terra sua Caesarem omnibus cum copiis prohiberent. Hoc facilius eis persuasit, quo- niam novis rebus studerent (375, b). 7. In eo itinere persuadet Castico ut imperium in civitate sua occupet, quod pater ante habuit, Dumnorigique Haeduo, fratri Divitiaci, qui hoc tempore imperium in Civitate obti- nuit, ut idem temptet persuadet. 8. Persuadent his civitatibus ut, eodem usi consilio, cum iis proficiscantur. WORD-LIST, persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus, to persuade. Followed by the subjunctive with ut or ne (279). Civitas, Clvitatis, f. , a state or nation. 378. i. Because the land of the Helvetians is hemmed in on all sides by very high mountains, Orgetorix easily persuaded the chiefs of this state to believe * that their land was too small, and that they, making use of their numerous soldiery, would be able to seize quickly the finest fields of Gaul. 1 credere. Not infinitive. i?8 LESSON LX/lL 2. The legate sent two men to the chief, who told him, " The Romans ask 1 you to come 2 to them in order that they may make use of your skill in war." He believed them, so that they were easily able to persuade him to set out, 2 having only 3 three hundred of his own men with him. The Romans attacked him in a suitable place, as he was making the journey, and killed him. LESSON LXIII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO. MALO. ( volo, velle, volui. Principal Parts : ] nolo, nolle, nolui [ne-volo]. ( malo, malle, malul [magis-volo] . 379. Learn the conjugation of volo, nolo and malo (487). 38O. 1. Vult venire. Dixit se velle venire. 2. Noluit sequi. DIcunt se nolle sequi. 3. Vis proficiscl. Cognoscimus te velle sequi. 4. Aliorum bonis frui malumus quam nostris uti. 5. Noluistl audire. 6. Accidit ut ad illam civitatem venire vellet. 7. Dicitur eum hoc donum illo maluisse. 8. Volentes aut nolentes impetum facient. 9. Dicunt se voluisse Caesarem sequi. 10. Mavult re-duci. n. Non vultis aciem instrui. 12. Noll perterreri. 13. Agmen exercitus sequeminl. 14. Nollte persuaderi. 15. Agmen Gallorum cum equitatu sequebatur. 16. Vultisne me eodem tempore venire? 17. Malumus te a-futuram esse. 1 petere. 2 Not infinitive (279^. 3 tantum. LESSON LXIV. 179 1 8. Volam ad-esse, sed ille superiore tempore noluitquem- quam praeter vos vestrumque patrem ad-esse. Timeo ne me venire nolit. Nolumus ilium videre nisi te ad-esse voluerit. 381. WORD LIST. volo, velle, volui, to be willing, to wish. nolo, nolle, nolul, to be unwilling. sequor, sequi, secutus sum (deponent), to follow. 382. 1. He was informed that this lieutenant would follow another, but was unwilling to lead the line of march himself (341, 346). 2. He wished to set out for Italy, but could not (do so). 3. He prefers to attack the winter camp by night, but his soldiers have said that they are unwilling to follow him (341, 346). 4. We were unwilling to follow you, for you did not give us the grain in the fields. 5. Do you not wish us to use (370) the things which you gave us ? 6. I can use two swords at the same time, but he is unable to use even 1 one (370). LESSON LXIV. 383. EXAMPLES. Cum milites in castra venerunt, legatus eos hortatus est, When the soldiers came into camp, the legate encouraged them. Cum bellum perfectum erit, Romam veniam, When the war is (shall have been] finished, I will go to Rome. 1 etiam, i8o LESSON LXIV. Cum mllites in castra venirent, Galli eos oppugnaverunt, While the soldiers were coming into the camp the Gauls attacked them. Cum oppidum captum esset, Massiliam contendit, When the town had been captured he ( ?Tmp^raO* hastened to Massilia. a. Notice the moods and tenses of the verbs in the cum clauses. 384, RULE. Cum, meaning when, is followed by the subjunctive, if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect; otherwise, by the indicative. 385. 1. Cum barbari proelium committere peterent, princeps unum ex hostibus telo vulneravit. 2. Milites cum oppidum ceperunt, omnes homines inter- fecerunt. 3. Milites cum oppidum cepissent, omnes homines inter- fecerunt. 4. Cum ad eum centurionem ducerem, multa dixit. 5. Legatus nuntio duce usus exercitum per silvas duxit. 6. Equites, cum legatus aciem instrueret, ei hostem prope esse nuntiaverunt. 7. Legato instruenti aciem equites id nuntiaverunt. 8. Legatus, cum aciem instruxisset, complures equites prae-misit. 9. Cum Caesar per extremes Lingonum fines iter faceret, circiter milia passuum decem a Romanis tribus in castris Vercingetorix suas copias constituit, et equitum ducibus nun- tiat venisse tempus victoriae. 10. Signum dat et a dextra parte alio ascensu eodem tem- pore Aeduos mittit. 11. Cum in Italiam proficisceretur Caesar, Galbam cum legione duodecima et parte equitatus in Nantuates aliasque civitates misit, quae a finibus Allobrogum ad summas Alpes pertinent. LESSON LXV. 181 12. Caesar cum ab hoste non amplius passuum milibus duodecim ab-esset, ad eum legati venerunt. 13. Cum celeriter nostri arma cepissent atque una ex parte castrorum equites e-missi hostibus superiores fuissent, hi suos reduxerunt. 386. 1 . He gave me this gift when he set out from Rome. 2. When the twelfth legion shall have seized the hill, he will make the attack with the greatest eagerness. 3. When he saw that he would not be able to take the town, he placed a camp in a suitable position. 4. When he came to see me he gave me this sword. 5. When he came to me he persuaded me to give (378, N. i) him a greater (228) number of troops than you had yourself (222). 6. They all set out when there was much grain in the fields. 7. When they had collected a large number of men they hastened to Aduatuca. 8. When he saw you he said that it was you who had tried 1 to wound his foot with your javelin in the battle (341, 346). LESSON LXV. 387. REVIEW SENTENCES. 1. Dicit sese ad eum venire noluisse. 2. Milites equitesque duxit ut eos qui fugerant per-seque- retur. 3. Aristium, tribunum militum, iter ad legionem faci- entem ex oppido Galli e-ducunt. 4. Libo, profectus ab Orico cum classe longarum navium quinquaginta, Brundisium venit. 5. Petit ut ipse cum Pompeio conloquatur. 1 Pluperfect subjunctive. 182 LESSON LXV. 6. Libo ad Pompeium proficiscitur. 7. Saepius fortunam temptare Galba nolebat. 8. His de rebus Caesar certior factus, ipse cum primum per anni tempus potuit ad exercitum contendit. 9. DIxit Romanos nullam facultatem habere navium. 10. Hostes proelio superati cum se ex fuga receperunt ad Caesarem legates de pace miserunt. Cum his legal is Com- mius venit, quem dixeram a Caesare in Brittaniam prae- missum esse. 11. Equites nostri cum hostium equitatu proelium com- miserunt. Cum se illi in silvam ad suos reciperent ac rursus ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, neque nostri longius sequi auderent, interim legiones sex ad collem venenmt ubi castra ponere Caesar constituerat. Cum prima impedimenta nostri exercitus ab iis, qui in silva erant, visa sunt, subito omnibus c6i>iis ad nostra castra in eos qui in opere occupati sunt contenderunt. 388. The Gauls captured the tribune while he, hav- ing set out with the two cohorts which he was leading, was marching to attack (378, N. i) three hundred of the enemy who had fled into the forests. They led him and his soldiers, after he had been cap- tured, to the gate 1 of the camp from which he had set out, and there killed them, in order that the Romans who had been left in the camp might be terrified. The Romans who were in the camp, when they saw that the Gauls had killed the tribune and all of the soldiers whom they had captured, fearing lest they themselves would be overcome, on the following night hastened through (166, N. 2) the forest to the winter camp of the legate. The Gauls upon the next day carried all that the soldiers had left in the camp (away) from it to their own homes (420, 472). 1 porta. LESSON LXyL 183 LESSON LXVI. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 389. EXAMPLES. Sui defendendi causa id fecit, He did this for the sake of defending himself. ,, Gerundive. Operam dat oppidis expugnandis, He devotes himself to faking towns by storm (to towns to be taken by storm}. Venit ad bellum gerendum, He came to wage war (for war to be waged). Multa de muniendls castris dixit, He said many things about fortifying camps (about camps to be fortified). a. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It is called an adjective because it agrees with its noun in gender, num- ber and case, as in the sentences above. It is a verbal adjective because it expresses action. 390. Causa urbem videndi venient, They will come for the sake of seeing the city. Mull utiles sunt impedimenta portando, ,, 7 ,. , - 7 Gerund. Mules are useful for carrying baggage. Victoria oppidum expugnando el erat, Victory was his by storming the town. a. The Gerund is a verbal noun, of the neuter gender, and used only in the singular. It takes a direct object. It is the same in meaning as the gerundive. b. The Nominative case is wanting in the gerund. The infinitive is used instead, thus : Cedere est turpe, To yield is disgraceful. 1 84 LESSON LXVL 391. EXAMPLES. Faculty hab.nt{ Wiy u ca^ di| ]. They have sources for (of) taking the town. a. In the two ways of expressing this sentence, which uses the gerundive ? 392. Dicit omnes Galliae copias ad se oppugnandum venisse, He says that all the troops of Gaul came to attack him (Jo him [a man who was\ to be attacked}. Purpose Clauses. See also 389, third sentence. a. Notice that ad with the gerundive or gerund is used to express purpose. In what other ways may purpose be expressed ? 393. 1. Consilium urbem capiendi nuntiavit. 2. Consilium urbis capiendae nuntiavit. 3. Veniunt ad urbem videndam. 4. Neque consili habendi neque arma capiendi facultas datur. 5. Complura dicendo eis persuadet. 6. Ad urbem capiendam laborem dat. 7. Laborandi causa ad vallum properavit. 8. Caesar ab urbe profkiscitur atque in ulteriorem Gal- liam pervenit, ubi cognoscit missum esse in Hispaniam a Pompeio Rufum, quem paucis ante diebus captum ipse di- miserat. 9. Dixit profectum esse Domitium ad occupandam Massi- liam navibus septem. 10. In praeda capienda hostibus nocet. 11. Dicit Carnutes interficiendi eorum prlncipis consilium captures esse. 1 2. Studio eorum futuram esse aliquam pugnandl facultatem existimavit. LESSON LXVIL 185 13. Aliquem prlncipum quos secum ad consilium capien- dum habebat misit. 14. Galli ad nos interficiendos contendunt. 15. Tribunus suis rem de mittendis legatis nuntiat. 1 6. Primo milites videndi causa laeti ex castris ex-iverunt. 17. Ipsi per-ficiendi operis causa longius proficiscuntur. 1 8. Legates monet ut contineant milites ne studio pugnandi aut spe praedae longius proficlscantur. 19. Signum recipiendi dedit. 20. Ad salutem obtinendam pugnabunt. 394. (Translate where possible in two ways.) 1 . He has very great resources (396) for waging war. 2. He wishes you to give him the opportunity to see (of seeing) the city. 3. He announces a plan for capturing the baggage. 4. He was kept from making an attack upon the wall by lack of javelins. 5. She takes (uses) too much time in preparing food. 1 LESSON LXVII. READING LESSONS. 395. CURIO IN AFRICA. III. Proxima nocte centuriones duo ex castris Curionis cum legionariis duo et viginti ad Varum fugiunt. Hi ei nuntiant quam forsitan habuenmt opinionem ; dicunt totum exercitum Curionis nullum pugnandi studium habere, maximumque opus esse in conspectum exercitus eius venire et dicendi mili- tibus facultatem dare. Erat in exercitu Van Quintilius, qui in Italia se suasque copias Caesari in deditionem dederat. Hie di-missus a Caesare in Africam venerat, quod bellum gerendi facultatem petebat, legionesque eas traduxerat Curio quas superioribus tempori- 1 cibus, -I. 1 86 LESSON LXY1L bus ex eo receperat Caesar. Hoc viro ad rem gerendam Varus utitur. Centurionum opinione ad-ductus Varus postero die legiones ex castris e-ducit, quod Quintilio facultatem dicendi dare vult. Facit idem Curio, quod Varus proelium committendi facultatem dare videtur, atque suas uterque copias instruit. Hac facultate dicendi usus, Quintilius aciem Curionis circum- ivit atque legionariis dixit, t( Primam sacramenti, quod apud me dixistis, memoriam de-ponere atque bellum gerere nolite contra eos qui eadem fortuna usi sumus. Si me atque Varum sequemini complura dona vobis dabimus/ 1 Sed nullam in partem ab exercitu Curionis haec eo tempore grata videbantur, atque ita suas uterque copias re-duxit. Curio dixit, " Cum primum pugnandi facultas erit data, proelio rem committam." Postero die copias productas eodem loco quo superioribus diebus instruxerat, in acie con- locavit. Varus quoque cum pugnandi studio suas copias pro- duxit. Erat vallis inter duas acies, non ita magna, sed dif- ficili ascensu. Subito a sinistro cornu Van equitatus omnis atque multae levis armaturae cum se in vallem de-mitterent videbantur. Ad hos Curio equitatum et duas cohortes misit, quorum primum impetum equites Vari non sustinuerunt, sed celeriter ad suos fugerunt. Levis armaturae, relictae, circum- ventae sunt a nostris atque interfectae sunt. Ita omnes qui erant tota in acie Vari suos perterritos fugere videbant. Turn Rebilus, legatus Caesaris quern Curio secum ex Sicilia duxerat quod eum magnum consilium in bellum ge- rendo habere existimabat, " Perterritum," dixit, " hostem vides, Curio! Cur ita secundo tempore uti non vis?" Curio signum dedit, et in vallem aciem duxit. Difricilis rnilitibus ascensus vallis erat, sed Vari milites, fuga suorum perterriti, nihil de sese defendendo existimabant. Quod omnes milites Vari se ab equitatu circum-veniri existimaverunt fuga se in castra recipere contendunt. Qua in fuga Fabius, quidam miles ex exercitu Curionis pri- mum agmen fugientium secutus " Vare ! Vare ! " appellabat, LESSON LXVll. 187 lit a Varo unus esse ex eius militibus et monere aliquid velle existimaretur. Cum ille saepius appellatus stetit ut ei dice- ret, umerum gladio vulnerare Fabius temptavit, quod peri- culum ille scuto vix vitavit. Fabius a proximis militibus cir- cum-ventus interfectus est. Hac fugientium multitudine portae castrorum occupantur atque iter impeditur, pluresque in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga interfecti sunt. Tarn en Curio castra non oppugnare temptavit, quod se natura loci prohiberi existi- mavit. Exercituni in sua castra reduxit. NostroriLii nillu-j miles praeter Fabium interfectus est : ex numero hostium sexcenti interfecti atque mille vulnerati sunt. 396. WORD-LIST. facultas, facultatis, f., ability, opportunity. Plural also, resources. exlstimo, -are, -avi, -atus, to suppose, think. quod, because. 397. 1. By chance three hostages were wounded by the frightened (359) horsemen. 2. He is afraid that the footman has wounded your foot with his sword (353). 3. The soldiers, tired out by the long march, were unable to defend themselves, and were killed while trying to retreat (359). 4. He is unwilling that you should give help to his son. 5. Bibulus stationed the ships of the fleet along 1 the whole 2 shore, so that Caesar was unable for a long time to obtain more troops. 6. He refused to flee, saying that it was better to be killed (341, 346). 1 per. 2 totue, -a, -um. 1 88 LESSON LXl/lll. 7. This, is a good plan for carrying on the war, but that is a better (one). 8. He wishes her to follow him to Rome, but she is unwilling to leave her son. 9. The messenger said that the cohorts had occupied the top of the mountain for two days (341, 346). 10. The people went 1 to see the army as it was set- ting out (279, 359). 11. They will not have time to lead (of leading) the cohorts to the hill. 12. This is a very suitable spot 2 for placing a camp. 13. It was reported to Caesar that this chief had per- suaded many of the Gauls to make war (378, N. i). 14. Is the soldier able to use this javelin ? 15. When fifty-five had been killed, the rest gave their chief as a hostage. LESSON LXV1II 398. THE DATIVE OF END OR SERVICE. Legionem tibi praesidio dat, He gives the legion to you as a guard (for a defence). Pedites auxilio mittit, He sends foot-soldiers as a rein- forcement. Notice that praesidio and auxilio denote the end or pur- pose which legionem and pedites serve. Notice in the first sentence that the same . ... . Dative of End or sentence may contain a dative of service and Service, an indirect object. 399. RULE. The end or purpose which an object serve may be denoted by the dative. a. Often a second dative is used, to denote the person or thing affected, as castris in the following sentence: Copias praesidio castris relinquet, He will leave troops a guard for the camp. (Cp. 20, c.) 1 Ivit. 2 230. THE DATIl/E. 189 4OO. RULE. Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, Dativ p e ^ h 8> Com> sub, and super are followed by the dative. a. These verbs are intransitive, that is, they do not take a direct object. The dative which follows them is an in- direct object (23). b. All of the compounds of sum govern the dative, ex- cepting possum (486) and ab-sum. c. Prae-ficio takes both a dative and an accusative (cp. e.g. 401, n, 17). d. Prae-mitto does not come under this rule. 4O1. 1. Magnas copias praesidio navibus reliquit. 2. Brittani perturbati hunc toll bello prae-fecerant. 3. Caesar eos praesidio utrisque castris reliquit. 4. Id si facient magno cum periculo nostris erit. 5. Una res erat magno usui nostris. 6. His prae-erat Viridovix. 7. Cum nox oppugnandi finem fecisset, Remus, qui op- pido prae-fuerat, nuntium ad Caesarem misit, sese diutius sus- tinere non posse. Nocte Caesar, iisdem ducibus usus, qui nuntii a Remo venerant, sagittarios auxilio misit. 8. Ad flumen partem suarum copiarum traducere conati sunt, eo consilio, 1 ut aut castellum, cui prae-erat Titurius, ex- piignarent 2 aut agros Remoruin occuparent, qui magno usui nobis ad bellum gerendum erant. 9. Magno usui ei erit si loca, flumina, silvas cognoscet. 10. Hoc periculo duci Caesar equitatum auxilio dedit. 11. Omnem equitatum prae-misit. His Cottam legatum prae-fecit. 12. Brutus classi prae-erat, 13. 1111, cum iis cohortibus quae, praesidio castris relictae, non defessae labore erant, celeriter ad eum locum pervenerunt. 14. Ut naves longae parvum spatium ab oneraiiis navibus conlocarentur imperavit, quae res magno usui nostris fuit. 89. 2 take by storm* 19 LESSON LXIX. 15. Id cum cogrrtum est,' Crassus, qui equitatui prae-erat, tertiam aciem auxilio nostris laborantibus misit. 1 6. Omnia de erant quae ad impetum faciendum erant usui. 17. Caesar in hiberna in Sequanos exercitum duxit : hiber- nis Labienum prae-fecit. 4O2. 1. Caesar placed other legates over the fifth legion. 2. The cohort was (for) a protection to the baggage. 3. They sent the footmen as an aid to the cohorts. 4. The weapons were of great use to me (401, 5). 5. The legate who commands these legions has per- suaded Caesar to place 1 you over the cavalry. 6. Of what use are these hostages ? 7. The Germans (401 , 10) were a great help to Caesar. 8. He sent forward the cavalry, but hastened him- self to the nearest hill to defend 1 the baggage there. 9. These javelins will be (for) a great help to us in attacking the town. 10. Me is unable to persuade me to hurry 1 to the city. LESSON LXIX. 403. f The enemy attacking, ^ Hoste oppugnante, I When the enemy attacked, \ ^ *j fugerunt, 1 Because the enemy at- [ [ tacked, } . Dato signo, proe- lium commisit, The signal having been ^j given, When the signal had leen \ been given, [ (Having given the signal), ^ 1 Not infinitive. . batt le. LESSON LXIX. I9 1 Multls obsidibus ad Caesarem a Gallls missis, pacem fecit. When many hostages had been sent (many hostages having been sen/) by the Gauls to Caesar, he made peace. f Antony being legate, ~| Antonio legato, I If Antony be legate, I we will vincemus, ] Since Antony will be \ conquer. [ legate, J a. In these sentences notice that oppugnante, dato and missis are participles in the ablative case, agreeing with the nouns hoste, signo and obsidibus respectively. b. Notice that this union of noun and participle in the ablative makes a complete clause, which can be translated in various ways in English. c. Notice that either noun or participle may have modify- ing words dependent upon them, as multis, ad * , . _ . Ablative Absolute. Caesarem and aGalhs m the third sentence. d. There is no participle in the last sentence. This is be- cause the verb sum has no present participle. e. This construction of the participle with a noun is gram- matically independent of the rest of the sentence, like a parenthesis in English. Hence it is called the Ablative Absolute. f. The noun or pronoun in the ablative in this construction cannot refer to the subject or object of the main verb of the sentence. g. The ablative absolute is a common construction with the perfect passive participle. Can you see any reason why ? (Cp. 357, *) 4O4. 1. Navibus compluribus factis, classem sequi conati sunt. 2. Ibi Ceutrones, locis superioribus occupatis, ex itinere exercitum prohibere c5nantur. 3. Compluribus proeliis gestis in fines Vocontiorum per- venit. 4. Hoc proelio facto trans flumen exercitum traducit. I9 2 LESSON LXIX. 5. Quibus rebus cognitis per fines Sequanorum equitatum traducere conatus est, obsidesque els dedit. 6. Ea re permissa ex fmibus suis in silvas fugere cona- bantur. 7. Eo concilio di-misso principes cum Caesare loqui volu- erunt. 8. Obsidibus datis in corum fines tamen equitatum ducere conabantur. 9. Re frumentaria parata magnis itineribus ad Ariovistum contendit. 10. Occupato oppido ibi legionarios conlocat. 11. Caesar loquendl flnem facit seque ad suos recipit. 12. Proelium non committebat, ne superatis hostibus dici posset eos ab se in conloquio circum-ventos esse. 4O5. WORD-LIST, finis, finis, m., limit, end. Plural, borders, hence, country, land. conor, conarl, conatus (deponent), to attempt, try. loquor, loqui, locutus (deponent), to speak, say. 4OO. (Where possible use the Ablative Absolute in these sentences. ) 1. When the line had been drawn up, he began the battle. 2. When this hill had been seized, he tried to cap- ture the next. 3. After the camp had been placed, he sent his cav- alry to the fields. 4. When this thing had been done, he prepared to make an attack. 5. Since four messengers had been sent, he did not send more. 6. He attacked the enemy while they were preparing to flee (359). 7. When hostages had been given he set out for Italy. 8. Having learned this, he hastened to Rome. LESSON LXX. 193 9. When we have waged this war all Gaul will have been overcome. 10. With Caesar as leader what can we fear ? 1 1 . The hostages who have been given by the Gauls are the children of chiefs. 12. Having followed the enemy, he began battle. LESSON LXX. 407. Review carefully 274-277. 408. The tenses of the Indicative which denote present or future time (the Present, Future, and Future Perfect) are called primary tenses. The tenses of the Indicative which denote past time (the Imperfect, Perfect and Pluperfect) are Pri maryand Sec- called secondary tenses. ondary Tenses. 409. The rule given in 277 can be restated thus : A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the present subjunctive. A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the imperfect subjunctive. Perfect and PI u per- 410. EXAMPLES. Timeo ut nuntium miserit, lam afraid that he did not send the messenger. Timebam ut nuntium misisset, I was afraid that he had not sent the messenger. a. Notice that the subjunctives in these sentences represent their action as completed at the time denoted by the main verbs. b. Notice that the primary tense timeo is followed by the Perfect Subjunctive, and the secondary tense timebam by the pluperfect subjunctive. c. The perfect and pluperfect tenses of the subjunctive have the same meaning. They denote com- Full Rule for s e - pleted action, SS^. ' TtBm> 194 LESSON LXX. 411.. RULE. A primary tense in the main clause is fol- lowed by the present or perfect subjunctive. A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 412. EXAMPLES. . Dlcit cam venerit te edere, He says that you were eating when he came. Dixil: cum venisset te edere, He said that you were eating when he came. Dicit cum veniat te laetum futurum esse, He says that you will be glad when he comes. Dixit cum venlret te laetum futurum esse, He said thai you would be glad when he came. a. The cum clauses in these sentences are in the indirect statement, since they are a part of what is quoted, but are in subordinate clauses, since they are introduced by the subordi- nate particle cum, and hence their verbs cannot be'put in the infinitive (341). b. Notice that their verbs (venerit, venisset, veniat, venlret) are in the subjunctive, and follow the rule for se- quence of tenses (411). 413. RULE. The main verb of an indirect statement is put in the infinitive, with subject accusa- Full Rule for in- tive, and depends upon the verb or expression direct statemen is. of saying, thinking or perceiving. The Subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the sequence of tenses. 414. THE APPEAL OF DIVITIACUS. Divitiacus Haeduus Caesari ita locutus est ; Civitatem Haeduorum armis contendisse cum Germanis quos civitas Sequanorum auxilio trans Rhenum flumen traduxisset. Supe- ratos, qui sua virtute et populi Romani amicitia plurimum LESSON LXX. 195 ante in Gallia potuissent, coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, ut sua civitas a populo Romano auxilium non peteret. Unum se esse ex omni civitate Haeduorum qui adduci non potuisset, ut liberos suos obsides daret. Ob earn rem se ex civitate fugisse et Romam venisse ut auxilium peteret, quod solus non obsidibus teneretur. Sed peius victoribus Sequanis quam Haeduis ac-cidisse, quod Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, tertiam partem agri eorum, qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupavisset et nunc alteram partem tertiam occupare vellet, quod Germanorum milia hominum quattuor et viginti ad eum venissent, quibus locum pararet. Futurum esse paucis annis ut omnes ex Galliae finibus pellerentur atque omnes Germani Rhenum trans-irent. 1 Cae- sarem solum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defendere. 415. 1 . Caesar said that he gave the opportunity of be- ginning battle to Ariovistus when the line of battle had been drawn up, but that the latter restrained his men from battle, because he did not think the time a suit- able one. 2. He learned that the council of the Gauls had been held 2 for many years at this place. 3. When his soldiers were pressed for want of water, he persuaded them to send him 3 as an envoy to Caesar. 4. They defended this region with the greatest cour- age, so that the enemy were not able even 4 to seize the grain in the fields (309). 5. Turn 414 from Sed peius to the end into a direct statement. 1 Imperfect subjunctive. Cp. 488. 2 habeo. 8 Not infinitive. 4 etiam, WESSON LXXI. LESSON LXXI. THE IRREGULAR VERB E0, GO. Principal Parts, eo, ire, ivi (ii), (iturus). 416. Learn the conjugation of CO (488). 417. EXAMPLES, Ex castris profectus est, He set out from the camp. Populus f rumento caruit, The people were in want of grain. Equi aqua privati sunt ut mllites biberent, The horses were deprived of water in order that the soldiers might drink. Notice that in the last two sentences the idea of separation or privation (expressed in the first by ex) is expressed by the ablatives frumento and aqua without a preposition. 418. RULE. Separation is expressed by the ablative, often without a preposition. of ^paration. 419. 1 . Frumentum ut quisqne domo ex-portaret imperaverunt. 2. Dixit Haeduis se redditiirum obsides non esse. 3. Erant itinera duo, quibus itineribus domo ex-irepos- sent. 4 Octavius, cum iis quas habebat navibus, Salonas per- venit. Gives cum non perterrere posset, oppidum oppiig- nare conatus est. Compluribus interfectis Octavius Dyrr- hachium sese ad Pompeium recepit. 5. Multos dies terra prohibitus, tandem cum classe ex-iit. 6. Tigurini, cum domo ex-issent, patrum nostrorum me- moria Pisonem legatum interfecerant. 7. Ille Oricum proficiscitur. Turn subito Apolloniam it. Staberius Apollonia, qui huic oppido prae-erat, fugit. 8. Equitibus per litus conlocatis, Antonius aqua classem prohibcbat. LESSON LXXI. 197 9. Duae fuerunt AriovistI uxores, una quam domo secum duxerat, altera quae Sueba natiune erat. 10. Proelio abs-tinebat. 11. Ariovistus milibus passuum duObus ultra Caesarem cas- tra fecit, eo cunsilio, ut frumento eum prohiberet. Caesar, ne diutius frumento prohiberetur, ultra ilium alia castra posuit. 12. Quod, omne frumento a-misso, in sua terra nihil est, Allobrogibus imperat ut iis frumenti copiam faciant. 13. Calenus, legionibus in naves im-positis, naves solvit. 14. Hi cum essent ex terra Epiri vlsi, Coponius, qui class! prae-erat, naves suas Dyrrhachio e-duxit. 42O. WORD-LIST, domus, domus, (domi), f., house, home (472). 421. 1. He told me that he was going home 1 (413). 2. He wished you to go with us. 3. When he left home he first went to see you (384). 4. We are going to the river to bring (279) water (back) home. 1 5. He will attempt to keep the Romans out of his country. 6. He said that he would not begin battle, since the army of the other legate had retreated (413). 7. They said that they were unable to persuade the Allobroges to keep 2 their men from battle. 8. Marcus says that he surpasses all other men in bravery (194). 9. Kept 2 from (securing) grain for a long time, he at length went away. 10. He is collecting* many things suitable for waging war (20, c, 389-392). I9 8 LESSON LXXII. LESSON LXXII. 422. Read again 278, 279, 308, 309. When the subject of a verb in a subordinate clause denot- ing purpose (or result) is different from the subject of the main verb of the sentence, qui (and not ut) introduces the subordinate clause. Legatus Galbam mittit, qui loci naturam cognoscat, The legate sends Galba, who is to find out the nature of the place ; or, The legate sends Galba to find out the nature of the place. Rel^c.^s. Marcus hominem misit qui cognosceret, I\[arcus sent a man who should find out. Marcus hominem misit ut cognosceret, Marcus sent a man in order that he (himself, Marcus^] might find out. The last two sentences iHustrate the distinction between qui and Ut. 423. When a clause introduced by a relative pronoun de- notes cause, its verb is put in the subjunctive. Fortissimus erat Marcus, qui tres Gallos cepisset, Mar- cus was very brave, who captured three Gauls (for he captured three Gauls]. 424. Sometimes relative clauses other than those just described have the verb in the subjunctive. a. This is usually the case when the antecedent is indefinite (as, aliquis, anyone] or general, (as, omnia, all things]. In such a case it is evidently the purpose of the relative clause to define or characterize the antecedent. Hominem video qui sit caecus, I see a man who is blind. Hoc nuntiavit cuidam qui esset meus amicus, He told this to one who is my friend. b. From this fact all such clauses are called clauses of characteristic. LESSON LXXll 199 425. RULE. Relative clauses of purpose, result, cause, and characteristic take the subjunctive. 426. EXAMPLES. Cum obsides dedissent, pugnare noluerunt, Since they had given hostages, they refused to fight. Cum pauci sint, tamen pugnabunt, Although they are few, still they will fight. 427. RULE. Cum, when it means since Cum Causal or * Concessive. or although, is used with the subjunctive. 428. 1. Equitatum omnem prae-mittit, qui videant quas in par- tes hostes iter faciant. 2. Hominem qui naturam montis cognosceret misit. 3. Equitatum qui sustineret hostium impetum miserat. 4. Quo aqua portari posset nihil erat relictum. 5. Legatus erat magna virtute, qui internci quam exercitu a-misso salutem petere mallet. 6. Haec cum ita sint fuga salutem petet. 7. Nullus miles erat qui equitatum regis lubae non time-- ret. 8. Non is sum qui proeli periculo perterrear. 9. Turn Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum, quae castra minora oppugnaret, misit. 10. Duas legiones in interiorem Galliam qui duceret lega- tum misit. 11. Quis est qui hoc facere audeat? 12. Soli centum erant qui portas defendere possent. 13. Hunc legatum Caesar idoneum iudicaverat quern mit- teret. 14. Haec arma cui dabo, cum neminem alium praeter te videam ? 15. Ibi partem suorum militum traducere conatl sunt qui cum hoste pugnarent. 200 LESSON LXXIII. 1 6. Primos qui flumen trans-ierant nostro equitatu cir- cumventos interfecerunt. 17. Caesar, acie instructa, equitaturn mittit qui hostiura impeturn sustineat. 1 8. Multi erant qui hiberna oppugnare vellent. 429. 1. He will send a horseman to inform l the legate. 2. What soldier was there who did not wish to at- tack the enemy ? 3. A hill that is high can be easily defended. 4. A camp which is placed upon the top of a hill cannot be easily captured. 5. Although the Gauls had fled to the forests, he hastened to depart from their country. 6. He wishes to see some one who will tell him about 2 this matter. 7. What high hill is there in this region, which we can easily defend ? 8. He thinks that this mountain is much higher than that (222). 9. Although the Gauls have given many hostages to the Germans, they fear that the latter will send another army to attack them (353). 10. He says that he will not fight with a man who is smaller than he (is) (413). LESSON LXXIII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS FERO AND FIO. ( fero, ferre, tuli, latus. Principal Parts : i -__ ' _ 1 I no, fieri, factus sum. 43O. Learn the conjugation of fero and flO (489, 490). a. Flo is used as the passive of facio (except in some com- pounds). b. The i is long except when followed hy -er and in fit. 1 Not infinitive. z de. LESSON LXXlll. 201 431. 1. Learn to unite A genitive with the nearest noun or pronoun. A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the pre- position. Adjectives with words in the same cases. The infinitive, if not following a verb- of saying, think- ing, etc., with the nearest following indicative or subjunc- tive (155); if following a verb of saying, thinking, etc., with this verb, translating it as the main verb of the quotation, (i.e. the verb introduced in English by " that." Cp. 413). 2. As regards nouns and adjectives, think of the commoner forms and constructions first. Learn to think of .Hints for Reading. A nominative as a subject. The endings -m, -6s, -as as denoting the object. The ending -a as denoting, first, the object in the ac- cusative neuter plural ; then, the nominative neuter plural, or else, the nominative singular feminine. The ending -a as denoting the ablative feminine. An ablative, if alone, as denoting cause or means. An adjective standing alone (or a pronoun standing alone) in the nominative or accusative as referring, if mas- culine, to people ; if neuter, to things. The endings -is, and -ibus as first, the ablative, and then, the dative. 432. CURIO IN AFRICA. IV. Postero die Curio vallum circum Uticam ducere paravit. Multitudine in oppido perterrita de deditione omnes iam loquebantur, et cum Varo gerebant, ne hoc bello omnium fortunas perturbari vellet. Haec cum loquerentur nuntii prae-missi ab luba rege venerunt, qui lociiti sunt ilium celeriter venire cum magnis copiis. Nuntiabantur haec eadem CurionI, sed quod iam Caesaris res secundae 1 in Africa ufui- 1 Caesar's successes against Afranius. 202 LESSON LXXlll. tiatae erant, nihil contra se regem facturum esse exlstimabat. Sed cum certis nuntiis Curio cognoscit minus quinque et viginti milibus passuum longe ab Utica lubae regis copiasab- esse, relictis castris sese in Castra Cornelia rursus recipit. Ad hunc locum frumentum portare castraque conlocare constituit, atque in Sicilian! mittit, ut duae legiones reliquusque equita- tus ad se mittatur. Castra baec erant ad bellum ducendum aptissima natura loci et aquae salisque copia et quod ad litus erant. Itaque Curio reliquas copias exspectare et bellum du- cere constituit. 433. 1. While Caesar was waging war in Spain, Curio was fighting in Africa. 2. This was announced to him while he was speaking to his friends in the council. 3. Since the cavalry had become terrified, the le- gionary soldiers were unable to hold the hill. 4. When this battle had been fought, he set out for the winter camp. 5. He is afraid to do this. 6. He wished them to go home (360, c). 7. When he goes 1 to Gaul he will wage war upon all who refuse to give him hostages. 8. He wishes to place the winter camp in this re- gion, but fears that there is no suitable place. 1 Future Perfect. 434. WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. praeda, praedae centurio, -onis impetus, -us alius, -a, -ud civitas, -atis certus, -a, -um facultas, -atis acies, aciei finis, finis dies, diei facilis, facile opus, operis res, rei quod ab-sum, ab-esse, a-fui. possum, posse, potui. existimo, -are, -avi, -atus. perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus. persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus. sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus. timeo, timere, timui, . cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus. cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus. instruo, instruere, mstruxi, instructus. pono, ponere, posui, positus. relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, facio, facere, foci, factus. fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus. interficio, interficere, inter fed, interfectuSo recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus. venio, venire, veni, ventus. eo, ire, ivi (ii), (iturus). conor, conari, conatus. loquor, loqui, locutus. proficiscor, proficisci, profectus. sequor, sequi, seciitus. utor, uti, usus. volo, velle, volui. nolo, nolle, nolui. 203 204 206 LESSON LXXIV. LESSON LXXIV. READING LESSONS. 435. Cuiro IN AFRICA. V. His rebus constitiitis ex quibusdam qui ex oppido fugerant audit lubam regem rursus ad eius terrain bello contendere coactum esse, atque Saburram, eius ducem, cum parvls copiis missum prope Uticam esse. Itaque rem proelio committere constituit. Equitatum omnem prima nocte ad castra hostium miltere constituit, ad flumen Bagradam, quibus castris prae-erat Su- bii rra, de quo ante erat auditum, sed rex luba omnibus copiis sequebatur et sex milibus passuum ab-erat. Equites missi nocte ad hostes nihil timentes impetum faciunt, multos inter- ficiunt; complures perterriti fugiunt. Quo facto ad Curionem equites rursus veniunt captivosque ad eum re-ducunt. Curio cum omnibus copiis ex-ierat, cohortibus quinqtie castris praesidio relictis. Profectus milia passuum sex ad equites venit, et rem gestam cognovit. Captivos vidit, et ex iis quaesivit, "Quis castris ad Bagradam flumen prae- est?" responderunt, ^Saburra." Reliqua studio itineris con-ficiendi ex captivis quaerere praeter-misit, sed, militibus qui proxima signa sequebantur loquens, " Videtisne," dixit, " captivorum orationem convenire cum oratione eorum qui ex hoste ad nos fugerunt? ab-esse regem, parvas esse copias missas, paucis equitibus pares esse non potuerunt. Ad prae- dam, ad gloriam properate ! " Equites praeterea captos homines equosque producebant ; itaque Curionis militibus studia non de-erant. Equitatui ut sese sequeretur imperavit ipseque multum properavit, ut ad hostes ex fuga perterritos venire posset.' Sed equites, itinere totius noctis con-fecti. seaui non uoterant. atque alii alio loco staDant. Tuba rex, certior factus a Sabtirra de superiore proe- LESSON LXXIV. 207 lio duo milia eorum equitum quos praesidio circum se habe- bat et pattern peditum ad Saburram misit ; ipse cum reliquis copiis elephantisque sexaginta secutus est. Existimans prae- missis equitibus ipsum venturum esse Curionem, Saburra co- pias equitum peditumque instruxit, copiis suis imperavit ut adventii Curionis viso paulatim se reciperent ; sese dixit cum opus esset signum proeli daturum esse. Curio, cum hostes quod a Saburra imperatum erat id facere atque se recipere vidit, exlstimans eos qui superiore nocte equitibus perterriti fugissent rursus fugere, ut sequeretur copias ex locis superio- ribus in campum duxit. Quibus ex locis cum longius esset profectus, dedit suis signum Saburra et circum-iens aciem imperavit ut eqtiites in aciem Curionis mitterentur. Cum equites Saburrae in aciem Curionis impetum ita fece- runt Curio non de-erat virtute, neque defessis militibus neque equitibus, paucis et labore con-fectis, studium ad pugnandum virtusque de-erat. Equites erant numero ducenti ; reliqui in itinere steterant. Hi quamcumque in partem impetum facie- biint, hostes ex eo loco fugere cogebant, sed equis defessis non longius fugientes sequi pot erant. Equitatus hostium ab utroque cornu aciem nostram circum-ibant. Cum nostrae co- hortes ex acie pro-cucurissent, hostes celeriter impetum nos- trorum ex-fugiebant, rursusque ad aciem redire conatos novo impetu circum-ibant, ut magna cum difficultate ad suam aciem rursus venire nostri possent. Novae copiae mis- sis a rege auxiliis perveniebant. Nostri defessi erant et vulneratis nullus tutus locus erat, quod tota acies equitatu hostium tenebatur. Curio perterritis omnibus unam rem reliquam esse existi- mans, suis militibus imperavit ut proximos collis caperent. Sed hos quoque prae-occupaverat missus a Saburra equitatus. Turn vero, nulla spe salutis relicta, ad summam desperatio- nem nostri pervenerunt. Complures, fugientes, ab equitatu interfecti sunt ; alii salutem fuga non petebant sed in ipso loco ubi stabant defessi atque sine spe procumbebant. zo8 LESSON LXXIV. Ad Curionern Domitius, dux equitum, cum paucis equiti- bus veniens, eum salutem fuga petere et ad castra contendere voluit ; hanc unam spem el relinqui atque se ab eo non ex- iturum dixit. Sed Curio numquam se, a-misso exercitu quern a Caesare sill com-missum accepisset, in eius conspectum rur- sus venire dixit, atque ita pugnans interfectus est. Equites ex proelio panel se receperunt ; sed ii qui ad no- vissimum agmen equorum re-ficiendorum causa steterant, fuga totius exercitus visa, salutem fuga petiverunt atque sese cele- riter in castra receperunt. Milites ad unum omnes interfecti sunt. Qui in castris praesidio a Curione relicti erant, horum pauci navibus in Siciliam fugere potuerunt ; reliqui Varo, qui ad Uticam erat, se in deditionem dederunt. Quorum complures luba rex Varo nolente interfecit ; paucos captivos in terram suam misit. 436. (See that the sentences in your Latin translation of this exercise are as long as the English sentences, which follow the Latin idiom.) The Romans set out with ten cohorts to march through (397, N. i.) the forest to the winter camp. When they had gone a short distance 1 the Gallic cav- alry began 2 to harass the rear rank. While the rear line of march was being thus harassed by the Gallic horsemen, the rest of the Gauls suddenly attacked the three foremost cohorts from two directions, in order that they might throw them into great confusion (greatly disturb them). The foremost soldiers, (though) in confusion, none the less 3 did not flee, but, hastily following the legate with the cohort which was in the rear rank of the three, they seized the nearest hill very quickly. When the line of battle had been 1 spatium. 2 coeperunt. z tamen. LESSON LXX11/. 209 formed in this place they defended themselves with great bravery for a long time, supposing that the other seven cohorts would come to give them help. But the other legate, who was over these cohorts, being informed by a few soldiers who had fled at the first attack that the greater part of the soldiers of the first three cohorts had been killed, and that the rest were following in flight, 1 fearing lest his own soldiers would be disturbed, commanded (419, i) them to with- draw to a suitable place, where, 2 during the rest of the day, he was (engaged in) fortifying 3 a camp. Meantime 4 the soldiers of the three cohorts, lacking everything of use for fortifying a camp, since their bag- gage had been captured at the first attack, wearied by the previous march, and so 5 few in number that no chance was given of sending fresh soldiers to stand 6 in the line in the place of those who were wounded or killed, were compelled to defend themselves with their swords and shields. 7 When at length 8 (only) a small part of the day was left the centurions, since many soldiers were wounded or dead, (and) the rest were terrified, supposing that the remaining cohorts were hard pressed by the Gauls and for this reason were unable to send help, fearing also 9 lest they all be killed during the night, persuaded the legate to ask for the chief of the Gauls and confer with (talk with) him as to 10 surrender. 11 When opportunity was given in this way, the three cohorts, when the legate and six centurions had been given as hostages, surrendered to the Gauls. 1 ruga. 2 ubi. 3 munio, munlre. 4 interim. 6 tarn. 6 sto, stare. 7 scutum. 8 tandem. 9 quoque. 10 de. " deditio. 210 LESSON LXXV. LESSON LXXV. 437. EXAMPLES, DIRECT QUESTIONS. INDIRECT QUESTIONS. Ubi est ? Cognoscam ubi sit, Where is he? I will find out where he is. Ubi eras ? Quaerit ubi sis, Where were you? He asks where you were. Quaesivit ubi esses, He asked where ' "direct Questions. you were. Ubi venistis ? Scit ubi veneritis, Where did you go? He knows where you went. Sclvit ubi venissetis, He knew where you went. a. Compare these two sets of sentences, and determine from them what constitutes an indirect question in Latin. b. Is it the same as an indirect question in English gram- mar? c. Notice that indirect questions follow verbs denoting mental action, but that they do not follow the rule for in- direct statements (413). d. Notice that they conform to the rule for sequence of tenses (411). 438. RULE. An indirect question takes the sub-* junctive. 439. EXAMPLE. Quam plurima oppida cepit, He took as Q Ua mwith many towns as possible. Superlative. This sentence illustrates a use of quam with the superlative. LESSON LXXV. 211 44O. 1. Ab his quaesivit quae civitates in armis assent et quid in hello possent. 2. Equitibus imperat ut quam maximum frumentum agris hostium ex-portent. 3. Dumnorix apud Sequanos plurimum poterat. 4. Ems rei quae esset causa ex ipsis quaesivit. 5. Quam plurimas civitates occupare volebat. 6. Caesar quam inaximis potest itineribus in Galliam ulte- riorem contendit. Quam maximum potest militum numerum cogit. 7. Con-vocato concilio et ad id concilium ad-hibitis centu- rionibus Caesar ex iis quaesivit cur quaererent aut quam in partem aut quo consilio ducerentur : quid timerent? cur sese de-esse virtute existimarent ? 8. Ariovistus a Caesare quaerit quid sibi velit ; cur in suas possessiones veniat. 9. Ad Ariovistum legatos Caesar misit ; quos cum in suis castris Ariovistus vidisset, con-clamavit quid ad se venirent. Sed conantes dicere prohibuit. 10. Cum ex captivis quaereret Caesar quam ob rem Ario- vistus non pugnaret, dixerunt eas mulieres quae nuntiarent utrum proelium ex usu esset nec-ne, ita dicere, non Germa- nos superaturos esse si ante novam lunam proelio contendis- sent. 11. Cum ille homo quis sit mihi nuntiare nolit, ei non per- mittam ut in domum eat. 441. 1. We asked what you wanted. 2. He takes as much grain as possible. 3. He asked whether the soldiers wished to fight. 4. They ask who the most powerful man in this state may be. 5. He is informed that they are collecting as many soldiers as possible. 2 i2 LESSON LXXVI. 6. When Ariovistus saw the envoys of Caesar, he asked why they had come to his camp. 7. He hurried into Italy by the longest marches possible. 8. He orders (419, i) his soldiers to carry away as many arms as possible from the camps of the enemy. 9. When this help had been given by the cavalry, the enemy were so pressed by our soldiers that some of them retreated, and some surrendered (126). 10. He says that they will come. LESSON LXXVI. 442. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. Conditional sentences contain two clauses : a condition (introduced by si, if, or one of its compounds) and a conclusion. 443. There are three classes of conditional sentences: I. Nothing Implied. Si venit, viderunt, If he came, they saw him. Si veniet, videbunt, If he comes, they will see him. SI id fecerit, laetus ero, If he does (shall have done} this, I will be glad. a. There is nothing in the first two sentences by which one can infer whether the person spoken of came or not. b. This class makes use of the indicative in both clauses. c. Why is the Latin future perfect more exact than the English future in the last sentence ? RULE. Simple conditional sentences take the indica- tive in both condition and conclusion. II. Less Vivid Future. This represents the act as scarcely probable. Si veniat, laetus sim, If he should come, I would be glad. LESSON LXXVl. 213 a. Notice that the present subjunctive is used in both clauses. b. Notice the tenses " should " and " would", used in English in this form of conditional sentence. RULE. Less vivid future conditions take the present subjunctive in both condition and conclusion. III. Contrary Implied. In this class one is able to infer whether the condition has been fulfilled. . For example, we say in English : If he had come to town, I would have seen him. Has he or has he not come to town ? If he were in the building, I would know it. Is he in the building ? Si impetum faceret, hostis nos non premeret, If he were making an attack, the enemy would not be harassing us. Si impetum fecisset, hostis nos non pressisset, If he had made an attack, the enemy would not have harassed us. a. Notice that the subjunctive imperfect is used in both clauses to denote present time, and the subjunctive plu- perfect in both clauses to denote past time. RULE. Conditions contrary to fact take the imper- fect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluperfect subjunctive when referring to past time. 444. 1. Si obsides dedissent, bellum iis non in-tulisset. 2. Si quidquam Romanis accidat, summam in spem imperi obtinendi Dumnorix veniat. 3. Nisi quodquam in Caesare sit auxilium, omnes Galli domo ex-eant. 4. Si quidquam voluissent, venissent. 5. Id si fiat, magno cum penculo ei sit. 6. Militibus perterritis Caesar dixit ; " Si Ariovistus bel- lum intulerit, quid timeatis ? proxima nocte ad hostem pro- 214 * LESSON LXXVL ficiscar. Si nemo praeterea sequatur, tamen ego cum sola decirna legione ibo, de qua non dubito." 7. Legatls qui a Caesare missi quaerebant ut locum con- loquio diceret Ariovistus dixit ; " Si quid mihi a Caesare operis esset, ego ad eum venirem ; si quid ille vult, cur ille ad me non venit?" Caesar respondit ; "Si ea qnae postulo feceris, arnicas tibi ero ; si non fades, ego auxilium Haeduis contra te dabo." Ariovistus respondit; "Si ipse populo Romano imperarem quas res gerant, turn vero bona causa ita mihi imperares. Si Haedui ea quae postulo facient, bellum non in-feram ; sed si id non fecerint, bellum acriter in-feram. Si auxilium Caesar iis det contra Germanos, quibuscum nemo sine magno peri- culo contendit, quid possit? " 8. Cum ea ita sint, tamen vobiscum bellum inferam. 9. Cum magna virtute hie miles signum in hostes in-tulerit, fiet centurio. 10. Cum hunc regem non tuleris, ilium ferte. 445. 1. If I should ask you for anything, you would give it to me. 2. If he were in the city, I would be there too (436, N. 9). 3. If he had a sword, he would not be able to wound anyone with it. 4. If Ariovistus had not conquered the Haedui, he would not have been attacked by Caesar. If Caesar had not waged war upon him, many more Germans would have crossed the river Rhine. 5. If you wish to speak with me, come to my house. 6. If you had wished to see me, you would have come to me. 7. If you should do this, I would be compelled to be your enemy. 8. If I were your enemy, I would not be giving you aid. LESSON LXXVIL 215 9. If the hostages had been given, there would have been no war. 10. Would we be afraid of them, if they were very brave men ? LESSON LXXVIL 446. EXAMPLES. POSITIVE. NEGATIVE. Mittam, let me send. Ne mittam, let me not send. Mittas, Miseris, Mitte, Ne mittas, send. Ne miser is, \ do not send. Noli mittere, Mittat, ) -, . , . , Ne mittat, ) , . , . Mlserit, } le * him send ' Ne miserit, \ lei him not send ' a. Diagram the usage in the plural in the commands and same way. Appeals. b. Observe that both imperative and subjunctive forms are used. c. Observe that the negative is ne. d. The imperative of nolo (noli, nollte) with the infin- itive is frequently used. 447. RULE. Commands are put in the imperative or subjunctive ; appeals in the subjunctive. The negative is ne. 448. EXAMPLES. Cum vis, veni, When you ivish, come. Dicit cum veils venias, He says that you may come when you wish. Dixit cuni velles venires, He said that you COUld Come When you Wished. Indirect Discourse: T - r , 7 7 Commands and We moueat, Let him not advise. Appeals. Dicit ne moneat, He says that he may not advise. DIxit nj moneret, ffe said that fa $hoiM not 216 LESSON LXXVll. a. Notice that after a verb denoting mental action the im- perative venl in the first sentence is changed to the sub- junctive, and the subjunctive moneat in the fourth remains a subjunctive. b. Observe that the rule for Sequence of Tenses (411) is followed. 449. RULE. In Indirect Discourse the subjunctive of Appeals and Commands remains a Subjunctive. The Imperative is in Indirect Discourse changed to the Subjunctive. 450. The three forms of Indirect Discourse have now all been studied : Indirect Statements (413) take the Infini- tive with Subject Accusative and the Sub= _, The Three Forms junctive in Subordinate Clauses, of indirect Dis- Indirect Questions (438) take the Sub- course junctive. Indirect Commands (449) take the Subjunctive. The Subjunctives throughout conform to the rule for the Sequence of Tenses (411). 451. I. Ariovisto Caesar nuntium misit : " Haec sunt, quat a te postulo : primum, ne hominum multitudinem trans Rhenum flumen traducas, deinde, obsides red-ire per-mittas, atque ne Haeduis bellum inferas." Ariovistus respondit ; "Cum Haedui superati sint, obsides red-ire non per-mittam. Cum vis, veni ; cognosces quid Germani virtute possint." Caesar cum exercitu venit et in conloquio Ariovisto dixit ; ' l Ne Haeduis bellum in-ferto; obsides red-ire per-mittito; plu- res Germanos trans Rhenum ne tra-ducito." Ariovistus re- spondit ; "Quid mihi vis? cur in meas possessiones venisti? Si te interface ro, multis principibus populi Romani gratum erit." LESSON LXXVIL 217 Hoc conloquio habito Ariovistus per legatos dixit ; " Con- loquendi finem ne feceris, sed aut aliquem conloquio diem constitueris aut ex tuis aliquem ad me miseris." Duos legatos Caesar misit, quos cum Ariovistus vidisset, conclamavit, " Cur ad me veniunt ? " atque eos hostium in numero habuit. II. Caesar nuntiavit haec esse quae postularet ; ne multitudi- nem in Galliam Ariovistus traduceret, obsides red-ire per- mitteret, ne Haeduis bellum in -ferret. Ariovistus respondit se obsides non red-ire permitturum esse ; cum Caesar vellet, veniret. Caesar in conloquio postulavit ne bellum Haeduis Ariovis- tus in-ferret ; obsides red-ire per-mitteret, plures Germanos trans Rhenum ne traduceret. Ariovistus quaesivit quid Caesar vellet, et dixit si eum in- terfecisset id multis Romanis gratum futurum esse. 452. 1 . The Germans ask why the Romans are demand- ing that they shall not take hostages from those states of Gaul which they have conquered. They ask why the Romans have come into that part of Gaul which they, and not the former, have conquered. Do the Romans wish to wage war with them ? (they ask). If they do, they say, let them come: war is always 1 pleasing to the Germans. 2. They wish me to ask you what you want. 3. You may come if you wish, but do not talk with me. 4. Come to me some other day, since I am unable to give you anything to-day 2 (427). 5. I demand that you do not come to the camp if the legate be unwilling. 1 semper. 2 hodie. 2 i8 LESSON LXXVlll. LESSON LXXVIII. 453. The First (or Active) Periphrastic 1 Conjugation is formed by combining the future active First p er i p h ra siic participle with the tenses of the verb sum. Conjugation. Te moniturus erat, He was about to (going to, intending to] advise you'. Te missurus erit, He will be about to send you. a. What form of this conjugation has already been used freely ? 454. The Second (or Passive) Periphrastic * Conju- gation is of frequent occurrence. It is second Periphrastic somewhat puzzling, because it scarcely ad- Conjugation, mits of a literal translation into English. It is used frequently by Caesar and other Latin writers. It is formed by combining the Gerundive with the tenses of the verb sum. The Second Periphrastic Conjugation is Passive and denotes a necessity or duty. Mittendus sum, / am to be (must be, ought to be, deserve to be] sent. Mittendus erani, / was to be (should have been, ought to have been, deserve to have been) serif. Mittendus ero, / shall have to be sent. 455. RULE. The gerundive with the verb sum is used to form the passive (or second) periphrastic con- jugation, denoting obligation or duty. 456. Another peculiarity of this Conjugation is that it uses a dative to denote the doer or agent, .'.-. 111 Dative of Agent. where the ordinary conjugations use the abla- tive of agent. 1 The adjective " periphrastic " and noun " periphrasis" are derived from the Greek. The corresponding Latin derivative is k< circumlocu- tion (circum, loquor), (< Periphrasis " means "a roundabout method of expression," THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 219 Tibi mittendus sum, / must be sent by you. Caesari omnia agenda sunt, Everything has to be done by Caesar. RULE, The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the dative. ' 457. The Impersonal construction is frequent with this conjugation. Impersonal means having no personal subject. The clause is sometimes considered the subject. Ad urbem exercitui veniendum est, The army must come to the city {the necessity of coming to the city is to the army}. Mihi pugnandum est, / must fight (the necessity of fighting is to me). 458. 1. Tibi exercitus ducendus est. 2. Ad montem proximum legionibus veniendum est. 3. His cognitis Labienus existimavit sibi contenden- dum esse. 4. Acriter Galli pugnaverunt. 5. Acriter a Gallis pugnatum est. 6. Acriter Gallis pugnandum est. 7. Cum a hostibus premeremur, tamen nobis castra po- nenda erant. 8. Galbae cum reliquis copiis pronciscendum est. 9. Duabus legionibus atque impedimentis totius exercitus relictis ad Boios veniendum est. 10. Galba cum peditibus ad castra mittendus fuit. 11. Frumenti inopia oppidum in deditionem Caesari dan- dum est. 12. Illud mihi non dicendum est. 13. In idoneo loco legato castra ponenda sunt. 14. Ei illius gladius capiendus erat. 15. In Gallos Romanis impetus faciendus est. 220 LESSON l.XXVUL 1 6. Caesar existimavit hostium castra sibi oppugnanda esse. 17. Praesidio in castris relicto omnes copiae ad a(}iiam ducendae fuerunt. 1 8. Omnia bene mihi gerenda sunt. 19. Caesar! oninia uno tempore erant facienda ; ab opere re-vocandi milites, acies instruenda, signum tuba dandum. 20. His rebus cognitis Caesar existimavit consilium sibi capiendum esse ex loci natura. Erant circum castra Pompei per-multl colles. Hos primum praesidiis tenendos esse con- stituit. Pompeius quoque constituit sibi quam plurimos collis quam maximo circuitu occupandos esse, ut multa ea causa proelia fierent. 21. Cum complures barbari populo Romano bellum in- ferant, tamen superabuntur. 22. Labienus, cum hunc locum occupavisset, magnum hostibus terrorem in-tulit. 459. 1 . You must hurry. 2. The Germans must be kept out of Gaul by the Romans. 3. He said that the river had to be crossed. 1 4. He asked what you were going to do. 5. We must go to the city. He asks why 2 we must go. 6. The legate thought that he ought to send a legion to hold the mountain, since the Gauls were about to attack with large forces. 7. The town must be defended by the soldiers, although one of the two legates is wounded. 8. The signal of battle must be given. 9. If you must make the attack, fight very bravely. 10. He says that we must attack all of the winter camps of the Romans upon the same day. 1 trans-eo. * cur. READING LESSONS. 221 READING LESSONS. 460. THE DYING STANDARD BEARER. In proelio cum graviter aquilifer vulneratus esset, videos equites nostros " Hanc aquilam ego" dixit, " et vivus mul- tos per annos magna diligentia defend! et nunc moriens eadem fide ad Caesarem mitto. Nolite committere quod ante in exercitu Caesaris non accidit incolumemque ad eum deferte." Ita aquila servatur, omnibus primae. cohortis centurioni- bus interfectis praeter principem priorem. 461. DYING FOR HIS MEN. Marcus Petronius octavae legionis centurio, cum portas oppidi Gallorum excidere conatus esset, a multitudine Gal- lorum superatus ac iam vulneratus militibus suis qui eum secuti erant " Quoniam " dixit "mevobiscum servare non possum, vestrae certe vitae providebo, quos spe gloriae ad- ductus in periculum duxi. Vos data facilitate vobis provi- dete/' Haec locutus in hostes contendit duobusque interfectis reliquos a porta paulim summovit. Conantibus auxilium dare suis ^Frustra" dixit " meae vitae subvenire cona- mini, qui iam gravius vulneratus sum. Ab-ite dum est fa- cultas, vosque ad legionem recipite. 1 ' Ita pugnans suis saluti fuit et brevi tempore interfectus est. 462. The three selections which follow relate inci- dents which occurred during Caesar's campaign in Africa. The partisans of the Senate collected in this province after the battle of Pharsalia (245), where Varus and king Juba, who had defeated Curio (361), were still unsubdued. Since Pompey was dead (255) Scipio was declared by them to be the only real 4% im- perator", or general-in-chief of the Roman govern- ment. 222 READING LESSONS. 463. Is CAESAR AN IMPERATOR? Plancus Caesaris legatus petivit ah eo ut sibi daretur facultas cum Considio agendi, si posset perduci ad sanitatem. Itaque, data facultate, litteras captive dat perferendas in oppidum ad Considium. Ad quern cum captivus pervenisset, litterasque Considio dabat ; prius quam acciperet ille "A quo", dixit, "illas?" Turn captivus, " Ab imperatore Caesare " Turn Considius, " Unus est ", dixit, " Scipio imperator hoc tern- pore populi Romani." Deinde in conspectu suo imperavit ut captivus statim interficeretur, litterasque dedit homini certo qui eas ad Scipionem perferret. 464. LABIENUS MEETS HIS MATCH. Labienus, during Caesar's wars in Gaul, had been long commander of Caesar's most trusted legion, the tenth. He here appears fighting against his former soldiers (cp. 185). Labienus in equo capite nudo in prima acie pugnabat, et nonnumquam legionarios Caesaris appellabat : " Quid tu ", dixit, " miles tiro, tarn feroculus es?" Turn miles, " Non sum", dixit, ''tiro, Labiene, sed de legione decima vetera- nus." Turn Labienus, f< N6n agnosco ", dixit, "signa de- cumanorum." Turn miles, "lam me, qtiis sim, cognos- cas", et statim cassidem de capite de-iecit, ut cognosci ab eo posset, atque statim telum in Labienum mittere contendit. Equo vulnerato, dixit, "Labiene, decumanum militem, qui te petit, cognosce esse." 465. FAITHFUL UNTIL DEATH. Ex classe quam a Si cilia ad Caesarem miserat Allienus, navis una, in qua fuerat Cominius et Ticida, eques Romanus, tempestate Thapsum delata, excepta est et ad Scipionem deducta. Item altera navis ex eadem classe tempestate ad Aeginurum delata a classe Vari et Octavi est capta, in qua milites veterani cum uno centurione et non-nulli tirones fue- READING LESSONS. 223 runt ; quos Varus, servatps, misit ad Scipionem. Qui post- quam ad eum pervenerunt, "Non vestra", dixit, " sponte vos, scio, sed illius vestri imperatoris imperio coactos esse cum nobis optimis pugnare. Quos quoniam fortuna in nos- tram detulit potestatem, si rem publicam cum optimo quoque defendetis, vobis vitam et praemia dabimus." Postquam ita dixerat Scipio, cum existimavisset pro suo beneficio ab iis gratias sibi actum in, potestatem iis dicendi fecit. Ex eis centurio legionis quartae decimae " Pro tuo ", dixit, "summo beneficio, Scipio, tibi gratias ago (non nam imperatorem te appello) quod mihi vitam captivo polliceris; et forsitan isto uterer beneficio, si non ei summum scelus ad- iungeretur. Egone contra Caesarem, imperatorem meum, eiusque exercitum, pro cuius victoria amplius sex et triginta annis pugnavi, armatus 1 consistam ? Non ego istud facturus sum. Contra cuius copias contendis, nunc cognosce. Co- hortem imam, quae est tuarum firmissima, constitue contra me ; ego autem 2 ex his militibus quos nunc in tua tenes po- testate, non amplius decem summam ; turn ex virtute nostra cognosces quid a tuis copiis contra ilium agi possit." Postquam haec centurio est locutus, Scipio, incensus, an- nuit centurionibus quid fieri vellet, atque ante pedes centu- rionem interfecit. Ut veterani a tironibus secernerentur im- peravit. " Abducite ", dixit, " istos scelere affectos ! " Ita extra vallum deducti sunt et interfecti. 466. AN INCIDENT AT THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA. 224 READING LESSONS. In eo proeliO interfectus est etiam fortissime pugnans Crastlnus, cuius mentionem supra fecimus. Neque id fuit falsum, quod ille in pugnam proficiscens dixerat. Ita Caesar existimabat, eo proelio excellentissimam viitutem Crastini fuisse. 467. PUGNA PHARSALICA. The battle of Pharsalia has already been briefly de- scribed (245). After Caesar had succeeded in bringing his whole army over from Italy as already described (170) he attempted to shut Pompey in at Dyrrhachium by surrounding his army with entrenchments. In this attempt he was disastrously defeated by Pompey. 1 He retreated rapidly into Thessaly, pursued by Pompey, who was joined by Scipio with reinforcements. It seemed to followers of the latter that success was now certain, and they could not understand why he was re- luctant to risk another battle with Caesar's veterans. Pompeius paucis post diebus in Thessaliam pervenit, atque apud totum exercitum suis agit gratias, receptisque omnibus Scipionis legionibus spes victoria augetur. Inter se de prae- miis principes eius exercitus contendebant ; alii domos bona- que eorum qui in castris erant Caesaris petebant. Re frumentaria parata confirmatisque mllitibus et satis longe spatio temporis a superioribus proeliis intermisso temp- tandum esse Caesar existimavit quid Pompeius studi pugnandi haberet. Itaque ex castris exercitum eduxit aciemque in- struxit, sed primo suis locis pauloque a castris Pompei longius. Pompeius, qui castra in colle habebat, ad infimas partes mentis aciem instruebat, semper exspectans si iniquis locis Caesar se subiceret. Caesar nulla ratione ad pugnam elici posse Pompeium existimans hanc sibi commodissimam belli ra- tionem iudicavit, ut castra ex eo loco moveret semperque es- set in itineribus, haec exspectans, ut movendis castris pluri- busque adeundis locis commodiore re frumentaria uteretur et 1 An incident of this battle is related in 460. READING LESSONS. 225 in itinere lit aliquam occasionem piignandi reperiret. His consti tutis rebus signo iam dato visun\ est paulo longius a vallo aciem Pompei lisse, ut nun iniquo loco posse pugnari videretur. Turn Caesar apud suos, cum iam esset agmen in portis, " Differendum est," dixit, " iter nobis, et de proelio cogitandum est, quod semper voluimus. Simus ad pugnan- dum parati ; non facile occasionem postea reperiemus." Pompeius quoque constituent pugnare. Etiam in concilio superioribus diebus dixerat, " Scio me paene incredibilem rem polliceri, sed rationem consili mei.accipite. Persuasi equiti- bus nostris, idque mihi facturos esse confirmaverunt, ut, cum propius agmina issent dextrum Caesaris cornu a parte aperta oppugnarent et acie circumventa prius perturbatum eius exer- citum pellerent quam a nobis telum in hostem iaceretur." Liibienus quoque, " Noli," dixit, " exlstimare, hunc esse exer- citum qui Gailiam Germaniamque sup eravit. Omnibus inter- im proeliis. Perexigua pars illius exercitus superest ; magna pars interiit." Haec cum dixisset iuravit se nisi victorem in castra non rursus iturum esse. Pompeius idem iuravit, nee vero ex reliquis fuit quisquam qui iurare dubitavit. Haec cum facta sunt in concilio magna spes iis fuit, quod Pompeio nnperatore nihil frustra confirmari videbatur. Caesar, cum ad Pompei castra prope venisset, aciem eius instructam ita vidit. Erant in sinistro cornu legiones duae quarum una prima, altera tertia, appellabatur. In eo loco ipse erat Pompeius. Mediam aciem Scipio cum legionibus Syriacis tenebat. Cilicensis legio cum cohortibus Hispanis in dextro cornu erant conlocatae. Has firmissimasse habere Pompeius existimabat. Reliquae inter aciem mediam cornua- que erant conlocatae. Numero cohortes erant centum et de- cem. Haec erant milia quadraginta quinque. Reliquas co- hortes septem in castiis castellisque praesidio posuerat. In dextro cornu eius erat rivus quidam, qua causa omnem equi- tatum cum sagittariis funditoribusque sinistro cornu posuerat. Caesar decimam legionem in dextro cornu, nonam in sini- stro, conlocaverat, et huic sic adiungit octavam ut paene unarn 220 READING LESSONS. ex duabus efficeret, atque imperavit ut altera alter! praesidio esset. Cohortes in acie octaginta constitutes habebat, quae summa erat miliurn duo et viginti. Cohortes duas castris praesidio reliquerat. Sinistro cornu Antonium, dextro Sul- lam, mediae aciei Domitium praefecit. Ipse contra Pom- peium constitit. Acie Pompei visa, timens ne a multitudine equitum dextrum cornu circumveniretur, celeriter ex cohorti- bustertiae aciei quartam fecit equitatuique OppOsuit 1 et quid fieri vellet nuntiavit monuitque eius diei victoriam in earum cohortium virtute constare. Tertiae aciei totique exercitui imperavit ne concurreret nisi ipse imperaret ; se, cum id fieri vellet, signum daturum esse. His constitutis signum dedit. Inter duas acies tantum erat relictum spati ut satis esset ad cursum utriusque exercitus. Sed Pompeius suis praedixerat ut Caesaris impetum exciperent neve 2 se loco moverent, ut duplicate) cursu Caesaris milites essent defessi. Sed nostri milites dato signo cum procucur- rissent atque vidissent non concurri a militibus Pompei, usu periti^suasponte ad medium paene spatium constiterunt, par^ voque intermisso temporis spatio rursus cucurrerunt 4 et statim tela miserunt. Neque vero milites Pompei huic rei defuerunt. Et tela missa exceperunt et impetum legionum tulerunt et telis missis ad gladios redierunt. Eodem tempore equites ab sinistro Pcmpei cornu procucur- rerunt. Quorum impetum noster equitatus non tulit, equi- tesque Pompei, hoc acriores, aciem nostram a parte aperta circumibant. Quod cum Caesar cognovisset quartae aciei quam paraverat sex cohortium dedit signum. Illi celeriter procucurrerunt et in Pompei equites tarn acriter impetum fecerunt ut eorum nemo constaret, atque non solum loco pel- lerentur sed fuga montes altissimos peterent. Quibus pulsis omnes sagittarii funditoresque sine praesidio interfecti sunt. Eodem impetu cohortes sinistrum cornu pugnantibus etiam turn in acie Pompei circumierunt. Eodem tempore tertiae aciei, quae se ad id tempus loco tenuerat, Caesar imperavit ut procurreret. Ita ex duabus 1 set against. * -ve, and. 3 skilled. * charged. READING LESSONS. 227 partibus eodem tempore acies Pompei oppugnabatur. Mili- tes eius ea causa impetum sustinere non potuerunt, sed omnes fugerunt atque ad castra contenderunt. Caesar, nullum spatium perterritis dandum esse existimans, suis militibus imperavit ut castra oppugnarent. Castra a cohortibus quae praesidio erant relictae acriter defendebantur ; multo etiam acrius a Thracibus barbarisque auxiliis. Neque vero diutius qui in vallo constiterant multitudinem telorum sustinere potuerunt, sed multis vulneratis locum reliquerunt et omnes ducibus usi centurionibus tribunisque militum in altissimos montes qui ad castra pertinebant fugerunt. Prox- ima die in deditionem Caesari se dederunt. In hoc proelio non amplius ducentos milites, sed centurio- nes circiter triginta, Caesar amisit. Ex Pompei exercitu cir- citer milia quindecim interfecta esse videbantur, sed in dedi- tionem venerunt milia viginti quattuor ; multi praeterea fuge- runt ; signaque ex proelio ad Caesarem sunt relata centum et octoginta et aquilae novem. FINIS. TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 468. NOUNS. ' FIRST DECLENSION. A STEMS. SINGULAR. N. silva G. silvae D. silvae Ac. silvam AB. silva V. (silva) FEMININE. PLURAL. N. silvae G. silvarum D. silvis Ac. silvas AB. silvis V. (silvae) 469. SECOND DECLENSION. STEMS. SINGULAR. M. N. M. M. N. . N. murus oppidum vir ager consilium G. murl oppidi viri agrl consill D. murO op pi do virO agro consilio Ac. murum oppidum virum agrum consilium AB. murO oppido virO agro consilio V. (mure) (oppidum) (vir) (ager) (consilium) PLURAL. N. murl oppida virl . agrl consilia G. murorum oppidorum virorum agrorum consiliorum D. murls " oppidls viris agris consiliis Ac. muros oppida virOS agrOS consilia AB, murls oppidls viris agris consiliis V. (murl) (oppida) (virl) ( a g ri ) (consilia) 228 NOUNS, 229 7O. THIRD DECLENSION. MUTE STEMS. SINGULAR. M. M. N. princepS rex G. principis regis D. principl regl Ac. principem regem AB. prlncipe rege V. (princepS) (rex) PLURAL. N. principCS reges G. principum regum D. principibus regibus Ac. pri nci pes reges AB. principlbus regibus V. (principes) (reges) LIQUID STEMS. SINGULAR. M. M. & F. N. rCaisul homo G. consulis hominis D. consul! hominl Ac. consulem hominem AB. consule homine V. (consul) (homo) PLURAL. N. consules homines G. cousulum hominum D. consul ibus hominibus Ac. consules homines AB. consulibus hominibus V. (consules) (homines) N. caput capitis capitl caput capite (caput) capita capitum capitibus capita capitibus (capita) N. litus litoris II tori litus litore (litus) litora litorum litoribus litora litoribus (litora) 230 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. STEMS IN i. S I N G U L A R . M. & F. F. F. N. hostis nubes urbs G. hostis nubis urbis D. host! nubi urbl Ac. hostem nubem urbem AB. hoste nube urbe V. (hostis) (nubes) (urbs) N. animal ani mails animal! animal animal! (animal) PLURAL. N. hostes nubes urbes animalia G. hostium nubium urbium animalium D. hostibus nubibus urbibus animalibus Ac. hostis, -es AB. hostibus nubis, -es nubibus urbis, -es urbibus animalia animalibus V. (hostes) (nubes) (urbes) (animalia) 471. FOURTH DECLENSION. U STEMS. SINGULAR. M. N. N. cursus cornu G. cursus cornus D. cursui,-u cornu Ac. cursum cornti AB. cursfi cornu V. (cursus) (cornu) 472. SINGULAR. N. domus G. domus, domi D. domui, domO Ac. domum AB. domu, domO V. (domus) PLURAL. M. N. cursus G. cursuum D. cursibus Ac. cursus AB. cursibus V. (cursus) N. cornua cornuum cornibus cornua cornibus (cornua) Domus, F. PLURAL. N. domus G. domuum, domorum D. domibus Ac. domus, domOS AB. domibus V. (domus) ADJECTIVES. 231 473. FIFTH DECLENSION. E STEMS. SINGULAR. N. dies G. die! D. die! Ac. diem AB. die V. (dies) MASC. & FEM. PLURAL. N. dies G. dierum D. diebus Ac. dies AB. diebus V. (dies) ADJECTIVES. 474. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. MASCULINE. N. bonus G. bonl D. bond Ac. bonum AB. bono V. (bone) SINGULAR. FEMININE. bona bonae bonae bonam bona (bona) NEUTER. bonum bonl bond bonum bono (bonum) N. bonl G. bonorum D. bonis Ac. bonds AB. bonis V. (bonl) PLURAL. bonae bo n arum bonls bonas bonis (bonae) bona bonorum bonls bona bonls (bona) 232 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. SINGULAR. MASCULINE. FEMININE. NEUTER. N. liber libera liberum G. liberl liberae liberl D. libero liberae libero Ac. Hberum liberam liberum AB. libero libera libero V. (liber) (libera) (liberum) PLURAL. N. liberl liberae libera G. liberorum liberarum liberorum D. liberls liberls liberls Ac. liberos liberas libera AB. liberls liberls liberls V. (liberl) (liberae) (libera) 475. i. THIRD DECLENSION. SINGULAR. MASC. FEM. NEUT. N. acer acris acre G. acris acris acris D. acrl acrl acrl Ac. acrem acrem acre AB. acrl acrl acrl PLURAL. MASC. FEM. NEUT. N. acres acres acria G. acrium acrium acrium D. acribus acribus acribus Ac. acris, -es acris, -es acria AB. acribus acribus acribus V. (acer) (acris) (acre) V. (acres) (acres) (acria) SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N. facilis facile N. faciles facilia G. facilis facilis G. facilium facilium D. facill facill D. facilibus facilibus Ac. facilem facile Ac. facilis, -es facilia AB. facill facill AB. facilibus facilibus V. (facilis) (facile) V. (faciles) (facilia) ADJECTIVES. 2 33 SINGULAR. M. & F. N. N. audax audax G. audacis audacis D. audacl audacl Ac. audacem audax AB. audacl, -e audacl, -e V. (audax) (audax) PLURAL. M. & F. N. N. audaces audacia G. audacium audacium D. audacibus audacibus Ac. audacis, -es audacia AB. audacibus audacibus V. (audaces) (audacia) 2. DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. N. altior altius G. altioris altioris D. altioii altiori Ac. altiorem altius AB. altiore, -I altiore, -I V. (altior) (altior) M. & F. N. N. altiores altiora G. altiorum altiorum D. altioribus altioribus Ac. altiores, -IS altiora AB. altioribus altioribus V. (altiores) (altiora) 3. DECLENSION OF PRESENT PARTICIPLE. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. amans G. amantis D. amanti N. amans amantis amanti amans amante, -1 (amans) N. G. D. Ac. AB. V. M. & F. amantes amantium amantibus amantes amantibus (amantes) N. amantia amantium amantibus amantia amantibus (amantia) 234 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 476. PRONOUNS. DEMONSTRATIVE. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. N. hie haec hoc N. hi hae haec G. huius huius huius G. horum harum horum D. huic huic huic D. his his his Ac. hunc hanc hoc Ac. hos has haec AB. hoc hac hoc AB. his his his SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. N. ille ilia illud N. illi illae ilia G. illius illius illius G. illorum illarum illorum D. ill! illi illi D. illis illis illis Ac. ilium illam illud Ac. illos illas ilia AB. illo ilia illo AB. illis illis illis M. F. N. M. F. N. N. is ea id N. ei, ii eae ea G. eius eius eius G. eorum earum eorum D. ei ei ei D. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis Ac. eum earn id Ac. eos eas ea AB. eo ea eo AB. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis M. F. N. M. F. N. N. iste , ista istud N. isti istae ista G. istius istius istius G. istorum istarum istorum D. isti isti isti D. istis istis istis Ac. istum istam istud Ac. istos istas ista AB. isto ista isto AB. istis istis istis PRONOUNS. 235 M. F. N. M. F. N. N. idem eadem idem \ .. , ( eaedem e'adem I ndem G. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem eorundem earundem eorundem ( eisdem eisdem eisdem | iisdem iisdem iisdem D. eidem eidem eidem Ac. eundem eandem idem eosdem easdem eadem . , ( eisdem eisdem AB. eodem eadem eodem <.--, ( iisdem iisdem eisdem iisdem N. ipsa M. F. N. M. F. N. ipse ipsa ipsum N. ipsi ipsae G. ipsius ipsius ipsius G. ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum D. ipsi ipsi ipsi D. ipsis ipsis ipsis Ac. ipsum ipsam ipsum Ac. ipsos ipsas ipsa AB. ipso ipsa ipso AB. ipsis ipsis ipsis 477. RELATIVE. SINGULAR. M. F. N. PLURAL. F. quae AB. quo qua quo SINGULAR. M. F. N. N. quae M. N. qui quae quod N. qui G. cuius cuius cuius G. quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui D. quibus quibus quibus Ac. quern quam quod Ac. quos quas quae AB. quibus quibus quibus PLURAL. M. F. N. N. quis quae quid N. qui quae quae G. cuius cuius cuius G. quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui D. quibus quibus quibus Ac. quern quam quid Ac. quos quas quae AB. quo qua quo AB. quibus quibus quibus 478. i. PERSONAL. SINGULAR. N. ego tii G. mei tui D. mihi tibi Ac. me te AB. me te 236 T ABIES OF DECLENSION ^ND CONJUGATION. PLURAL (SINGULAR AND PLURAL ALIKE.) N. nos vos G. nostrum, -tri vestrum, -tri sui D. nobis vobis sibi Ac. nos vos se, sese AB. nobis vobis se, sese > 2. INDEFINITE. SINGULAR. N. aliquis aliqua aliquid, aliquod G. alicuius alicuius alicuius D. alicui alicui alicui Ac. aliquem aliquam aliquid, aliquod AB. aliquo aliqua aliquo PLURAL. N. aliqui aliquae aliqua G. aliquorum aliquarum aliquorum D. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus Ac. aliquos aliquas aliqua AB. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus SINGULAR. N. quidam quaedam quiddam, quoddam G. cuiusdam cuiusdam cuiusdam D. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ac. quendam quandam quiddam, quoddam AB. quodam quadam quodam PLURAL. N. quidam quaedam quaedam G. quorundam quarundam quorundam D. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam Ac. quos lam quasdam quaedam AB. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam NUMERALS. 237 479. NUMERALS. MASC. FEM. NEUT. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. unus una unum N. milia G. unlUS unius imius D. unl unl unl mille, G. milium indeclinable. D. milibus Ac. unum unam iinum Ac. milia AB. uno una uno AB. milibus MASC. FEM. NEUT. M. AND F. NEUT. N. duo duae duo tres tria G. duorum duarum duorum trium trium D. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus Ac. duos, duo duas AB. duobus duabus duo duobus tres tria tribus tribus CARDINALS. ORDINALS. i. unus, -a, -um 2. duo, duae, duo 3. tres, tria 4. quattuor 5. quinque 6. sex I St. 2 d. 3d. 4th. 5th. 6th. primus, -a, -um secundus (or alter) tertius, -a, -um quartus, etc. quintus sextus 7. septem 8. octo 7 th. 8th. Septimus octavus 9. novem 10. decem 9th. loth: nonus decimus ii. undecim nth. undecim us 12. duodecim 1 2th. duodecimus 13. tredecim i3th. 14. quattuordecim i4th. 15. quindecim I5th. 1 6. sedecim, or sexdecim i6th. 17. septendecim i7th. 1 8. duodeviginti i8th. 19. undeviginti i9th. tertius decimus quartus decimus quintus decimus sextus decimus septimus decimus duodevicesimus undevicesimus 238 TABLED OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 20. viginti (viginti unus, or ' (unus et viginti 22. viginti duo or duo et viginti 28. duodetriginta 29. undetriginta 30. triginta 40. quadraginta 50. quinquaginta 60. sexaginta 70. septuaginta 80. octoginta 90. nonaginta 100. centum 101. centum unus or centum et unus ro2. centum duo or centum et duo 200. ducenti, -ae, -a 300. trecenti, -ae, -a 400. quadringenti, -ae, a 500. quingenti, -ae, -a 600. sescenti, -ae, -a 700. septingenti, -ae, -a 2oth. vicesimus rvicesimus primus, or (unus et vicesimus 22d. vicesimus secundus,^ alter et vicesimus 28th. duodetricesimus 29th. undetricesimus 3oth. tricesimus 4oth. quadragesimus 5oth. quinquagesimus 6oth. sexagesimus 7oth. septuagesimu 8oth. octogesimus 9oth. nonagesimus looth. centesimus 2ooth. ducentesimus loooth. millesimus 800, octingenti, -ae, -a 900. nongenti, -ae, -a 1,000. mille 2,000. duo milia 10,000. decem milia 100,000. centum milia REGULAR YERBS. 239 REGULAR VERBS. 48O. FIRST CONJUGATION. Principal Parts : Amo, amare, amavi, amatus. Stem : ama-. INDICATIVE. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT TENSE. PRESENT TENSE. / love, I am loving, I do love. I am loved, I am being loved. SINGULAR. SINGULAR. amo, I love. amor, I am loved. amas, Thou lovest. amaris, 1 Thou art loved. amat, He loves. amatur, He is loved. PLURAL. PLURAL. amamus, We love. amamur, We are loved. amatis, You love. amaminl, You are loved. amant, They love. amantur, They are loved. IMPERFECT TENSE. / loved, was loving, etc. I was loved, etc. amabam amabamus amabar amabamur amabas amabatis amabaris or -re amabamini amabat amabant amabatur amabantur FUTURE TENSE. I shall love, etc. I shall be loved , etc. amabo amabimus amabor amabimur amabis amabitis amaberis or -re amabimini amabit amabunt amabitur amabuntur PERFECT TENSE. / have loved, I loved, etc. / have been (was) loved, etc. amavi amavimus t (sum ._ ( sumus amavisti amavistls amatUS ' \ es amat1 ' \ estis amavit amaveruntor -re " a> " ] n ( est ae> " l ( sunt 1 Or amare. 240 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. PLUPERFECT TENSE. / had loved, etc. I had been loved, etc. amaveram amaveramus ( eram amati. ( eramus amatus, I ' \ amaveras amaveratis 1 eras -ae, -a -j eratis amaverat amaverant ( erat ( erant FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. I shall have loved, etc. I shall have been loved, etc. amavero amaverimus / ero ( erimus amatus, ( am all, amavens amaveritis J ens -< entis -a, -um j -ae, -a ) amavent amaverint ( erit [ erunt SUBJUNCTIVE. amem ames amet amemus ametis ament amer ameris or -re ametur amemur amemini amentur amarem amares amaret amaremus amaretis amarent IMPERFECT. amarer amareris or -re amaretur amaremur amaremini amarentur amaverim amaverimus amaveris amaveritis amaverit amaverint PERFECT. amatus, -a, -um amati, -ae, -a simus sitis sint PLUPERFECT. amavissem amavissemus f essem f essemus amavisses amavissetis ama ' -< esses _^ a ^J essetis amavisset amavissent "*' " n ( esset " ( essent REGULAR VERBS. 241 Active Voice. Passive Voice. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. ama, love thou. amare, be ihou loved. amate, love ye. amamini, be ye loved. amato, Ihou shall love. amator, thou shall be loved. amato, he shall love. amator, he shall be loved. amatote, you shall love. amanto, they shall love. amantor, they shall be loved. INFINITIVE. PRES. amare, to love. amari, to be loved. PERF. amavisse, to have loved, amatum (-am, -um)esse, to have been loved. FUT. amaturum (-am, -um) amatum in, to be about to be esse, to be about to lovec[* love. PARTICIPLE. PRES. amans, -antis, loving. PERF. amatus, -a, -um, having FUT. amaturus, -a, -um, been loved, about to love. GERUND. GERUNDIVE. G. amandi, of loving. amandus, -a, -um. D. amando, for loving. Ac. amanduin, loving. AB. amando, by loving. SUPINE. Ac. amatum, to love. AB. amatu, to love. 242 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. CONJUGATION BY ENDINGS.. INDICATIVE MOOD. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT TENSE. am-5 am-a-mus am-o-r am-a-mur "-a-s " "-tis "-a-ris " ''-mini " a-t " a-nt " "-tur " a-ntur IMPERFECT TENSE. am-a-ba-m am-a-ba mus am-a-ba-r am-a-ba-mur " " ba-s " " " -tis " " ba-ris0rre " " "-mini " " ba-t " " ba-nt " " "-tur " " ba-ntur FUTURE TENSE. am-a-b-6 am-a-bi-mus am-a-bo-r am-a-bi-mur " "-bi-s " " "-tis " "-be-risf?rre " " "-mini < ( <( _t t( |)u_nt " "-bi-tur " "-bu-ntur PERFECT TENSE. amav-i amav-imus am - f sum rsumus " -isti " -istis um es ^ estis " -it " -erunt 1 ( est (.sunt PLUPERFECT TENSE. amav-era-m amav-era-mus ( eram . r eramus amatus, } _ amatl, \ " era-s " " -tis ' K eras ' J eratis -a -um I -ae, -a ) " era-t " era-nt ( erat ( erant FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. amav-er-6 amav-eri-mus , ( ero ( erimus -eri-s " -tis amatus ' eris * 11 ' eritis " -t " " -nt - a> - Um I erit ~> ' a / erunt 1 Or amav-ere. REGULAR VERBS. 243 481. SECOND CONJUGATION. E VERBS. moneo advise. Principal Parts : moneo, monere, monui, monitus. INDICATIVE. Active. I advise, etc. moneo monemus mones monetis monet monent Passive. PRESENT. I am advised, etc. moneor monemur moneris or -re monemini monetur monentur IMPERFECT. I was advising, etc. I was advised, etc. monebam monebamus monebar monebamur monebas monebatis monebaris or -re monebaminl monebat monebant monebatur monebantur FUTURE. / shall advise, etc. / shall be advised, etc. rnonebo monebimus monebor monebimur monebis monebitis moneberis or -re monebimini monebit monebunt monebitur monebuntur I have advised, I advised, etc. I have been (was) advised, etc. monui monuimus monuisti monuistis monuit monuerunt or ere monitus, ( SUm moniti, f SUmUS -a, -urn *L ^ae, -a estls (. est t sunt PLUPERFECT. I had advised, etc. I had been advised, etc. monueram monueramus reram .. c eramus monitus, \ moniti, \ monueras monueratis ' \ eras < eratis monuerat monuerant " a> " um lerat -ae, -a I erant 244 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. FUTURE PERFECT. I shall have advised, etc. I shall have been advised, etc. monuero monuerixnus r ero t erimus . . monitus, \ moniti. \ monuens monuentis J ens ' 4 eritis -a, -um j _ae, -a J monuent monuermt v.ent l_erunt SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. moneam moneamus monear moneamur moneas moneatis monearis or -re moneamini moneat moneant moneatur moneantur IMPEFECT. monerem moneremus monerer moneremur moneres moneretis monereris or -re moneremini moneret raonerent moneretur monerentur PERFECT. monuerim monuerimus mo r sim mon . c simus monuens monuentis 4 sis -j sitis monuerit monuerint (.sit (sint PLUPERFECT. monuissem monuissemus moni- r essem . / essemus . _ jL . \ _ moniti, \ monuisses monuissetis tus, J esses J essetis monuisset monuissent -a, -um (esset '" (essent IMPERATIVE. mone, advise thou. monere, be thou advised. monete, advise ye. monemini, be ye advised, FUTURE. monetO, thou shalt advise. monetor, thou shalt be advd. moneto, he shall advise. monetor, he shall be advised. mohetote, you shall advise. memento, they shall advise. monentor, they shall be advd. REGULAR YERBS. MS INFINITIVE. PRES. monere, to advise. moneri, to be advised. PERF. monuisse, to have advd. monitum (-am. -um) esse, FUT. rnoniturum (-am, -um) to have been advised. esse, to be about to monitum iri, to be about to be advise. advised. PARTICIPLES. PRES. monens, -entis, advising. FUT. moniturus, -a, -um, GER. monendus, -a, -um. about to advise. PERF. monitus, -a, -um, ad- vised, having been advised. GERUND. SUPINE. G. monendl, of advising. D. monendo, for advising. Ac. monendum, advising. Ac. monitum, to advise. AB aionendo, by advising. AB. monitu, to advise, to be advised. 482. THIRD CONJUGATION. E- VERBS. rego, rule. Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus. INDICATIVE. Active. Passive. PRESENT. I rule, etc. I am ruled, etc. rego regimus regor regimur re is regitis regeris or -re regiminl regit regunt regitur reguntur IMPERFECT. I was ruling, etc. I was ruled, etc. regebam, etc. regebar, etc. (See the same tense of moneo.) 2*6 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. FUTURE. / shall rule, etc. / shall be ruled, etc. regam regemus regar regemur reges regetis regeris, or -re regemini reget regent regetur regentur PERFECT. I have ruled, etc. I have been ruled. rexi rectus (-a, -um) sum rexistl, etc. rectus es, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) PLUPERFECT. I had ruled, etc. / had been ruled, etc. rexeram, etc. rectus (-a, -um) eram, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) FUTURE PERFECT. rexero, etc. rectus (-a, -um) ero, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. regamus regar regatis regaris or -re regant regatur regamur regaminl regantur regam regas regat IMPERFECT. regerem regerer regeres, etc. regereris or -re, etc. (The first e of the ending is short ; except for this the endings are like those of the same tense in moneo.) PERFECT. rexerim rectus (-a, -um) sim rexeris, etc. rectus sis, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). PLUPERFECT. rexissem, etc. rectus (-a, -um) essem, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). REGULAR VERBS. 247 IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. rege, rule thou. regere, be thou ruled. regite, rule ye. regimini, be ye ruled. FUTURE. regito, thou shall rule. regitor, thou shalt be ruled. regito, he shall rule. regitor, he shall be ruled. regitote, ye shall rule. regunto, they shall rule. reguntor, they shall be ruled. INFINITIVE. PRES. regere, to rule. regl, to be ruled. PERF. rexisse, to have ruled, rectum, (-am, -um) esse, to have been ruled. FUT. recturum (-am, -um) rectum in, to be about to be esse, to be about to ruled. rule. PARTICIPLES. PRES. regens, -entis, ruling. PRES. - FUT. recturus, a, -um, about GER. regendus, -a, -um. to rule. PERF. rectus, -a, -um, ruled. having been ruled. GERUND. SUPINE. G. regendl, of ruling. D. regendo, for ruling. Ac. regendum, ruling. Ac. rectum, to rule. AB. regendo, by ruling. AB. rectu, to rule, to be ruled. THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN -id. 483. Verbs of the third conjugation in id retain the i of the stem before a, o, u, and e, and in the gerund and present participle. Hence some of the forms of the pres- ent stem are similar to the forms of the fourth conjugation. 248 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 484. (866483.) Principal parts: Capio, capere, cepi, captum. INDICATIVE. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT. 1 take ', am taking, do lake, etc. I am taken, etc. capio capimus capior capimur capis capitis caperis capimini capit capiunt capitur capiuntur IMPERFECT. I took, was taking, did take, etc. I was taken, etc. capiebam, etc. capiebar, etc. FUTURE. I shall take ', etc. I shall be taken, etc. capiam capiemus capiar capiemur capies capietis capieris or -re capiemini capiet capient capietur capientur PERFECT. I have taken, took, etc. I have been (was~) taken, etc. cepi cepistl, etc. captus (-a, -um) sum es, etc, PLUPERFECT. I had taken, etc. I had been taken, etc. ceperam, etc. captus (-a, -um) eram, etc. FUTURE PERFECT. I shall have taken, etc. I shall been have taken, etc. cepero, etc. captus (-a, -um) ero, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. capiam capiamus capiar capiamur capias capiatts capiaris or -re capiamini capiat capiant capiatur capiantur REGULAR 1/ERBS. 249 IMPERFECT. caperem, caperes, etc. caperer, -ereris or -re, etc. PERFECT. ceperim, ceperis, etc. captus (-a, -um) sim, sis, etc. PLUPERFECT. cepissem, cepisses, etc. captus (-a, -um) essem, esses, etc. IMPERATIVE. PRES. cape, take thou. capere, be thou taken. capite, take ye. capiminl, be ye taken. FUT. capito, thou shalt take, capitor, thou shall be taken, etc. etc. INFINITIVE. PRES. capere, to take. capl, to be taken. PERF. cepisse, to have taken, captum (-am, um) esse, to FUT. capturum (-am, -um) have been taken. esse, to be about to captum iri, to be about to be take. taken. PARTICIPLES. PRES. capiens, -ientis, taking. GER. capiendus. FUT. capturus, about to take. PERF. captus, having been taken. GERUND. SUPINE. G. capiendl, of taking, etc. Ac. captum, to take. AB. captu, to take, to be taken. 250 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 485. FOURTH CONJUGATION. Principal Parts : Audio, audire, audivl, audltus. INDICATIVE. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT. I hear, etc. I am heard, etc. audio audlmus audior audimur audls auditis audiris or -re audimini audit audiunt auditur audiuntur IMPERFECT. / was hearing, etc. / was heard, etc. audiebam, etc. audiebar, etc. (See the same tenses of capio.) FUTURE. / will hear, etc. / will be heard, etc. audiam, audies, etc. audiar, audieris or re, etc. (See the same tenses of capio.) PERFECT. I have heard, I heard. I have been (was) heard. audivl, audivisti, etc. auditus (-a, -um) sum, es, etc. PLUPERFECT. / had heard, etc. / had been heard, etc. audiveram, etc. auditus . (-a, -um) eram, etc. FUTURE PERFECT. I shall have heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. audivero, etc. auditus (-a, -um) ero etc. REGULAR YERBS. 251 SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. audiam, audias, etc. audiar, audiaris or -re, etc. (See the same tenses of capio.) IMPERFECT. audlrem audlremus audirer audlremur audires audlretis audlreris or -re audiremini audiret audirent audiretur audirentur PERFECT. audiverim, audlveris, etc. auditus (-a, um) sim, sis, etc. PLUPERFECT. audivissem, etc. auditus (-a, um) essem, etc. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. audl, hear thou. audire, be thou heard. audlte, hear ye. audlmini, be ye heard. FUTURE. audlto, thou shalt hear. auditor, thou shall be heard. audlto, he shall hear. auditor, he shall be heard. audltote, ye shall hear. audiuntO, they shall hear. audiuntor, they shall be heard. INFINITIVE. PRES. audire, to hear. audiri, to be heard. PERF. audivisse, to have auditum (-am, -um) esse, heard. to have been heard. FUT. audlturum (-am, -um) auditum in, to be about to esse, to be about to hear. be heard. PARTICIPLES. PRES. audiens, -entis, hear- PERF. auditus, -a, -um, ing. heard, having been heard. FUT. auditurus, -a, -um, about to hear. 252 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. GERUND. G. audiendl, of hearing. D. audiendo, for hearing. Ac. audiendum, hearing. AB. audiendo, by hearing* SUPINE. Ac. auditum, to hear, AB. auditu, to hear. GERUNDIVE. audiendus, -a, -urn. IRREGULAR VERBS. 486. i. Sum (STEMS es, fu), be. Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. SINGULAR. sum, I am. es, thou art. est, he (she, if) is. IMPERFECT. eram, I was, eras, thou wast. erat, he was. sumus, we are. estis,>w are. sunt, they are. eramus, we were. eratis, you were. erant, they were. ero, / shall be. eris, thou wilt be. erit, he will be. erimus, we shall be. eritis, you will be. erunt, they will be. PERFECT. fui, I have been, I was. fuimus, we have been, we were. fuistl, thou hast been, wast, fuistis, you have been, you were. fuit, he has been, he was. fuerunt, or fuere, they have been, they were. IRREGULAR 1/ERBS. 253 PLUPERFECT. fueram, I had been. fueramus, we had been. fueras, thou hadst been. fueratis, you had been. fuerat, he had been. fuerant, they had been. FUTURE PERFECT. ftiero, / shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. fueris, thou wilt have been. fueritis, you will have been. fuerit, he will have been. fuerint, they will have been. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. IMPERFECT. sim slmus essem essemus sis sltis esses essetis sit sint esset essent PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. fuerim fuerimus fuissem fuissemus fueris fueritis fuisses fuissetis fuerit fuerint fuisset fuissent IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. es, be thou. este, be ye. FUTURE. estO, thou shalt be. estote, ye shall be. esto, he shall be. stinto, they shall be. INFINITIVE. PRESENT, esse, to be. PERFECT, fuisse, to have been. F , ) futurum, (-am, -um) esse, to be about to be. \ fore. PARTICIPLE. FUTURE, futurus, -a, -um, being about to be. 2 54 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. . ^/VOO W.AAJL j SVS30Vs, J-/V/IM.J., INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. PRES. possum possumus possim possimus potes potestis possis possitis potest possunt possit possint IMP. poteram poteramus possem posse mus FUT. potero poterimus PERF. potui potuimus potuerim potuerimus PLUP. potueram potueramus potuissem potuiosemus F. P. potuero potuerimus INFINITIVE. PRES. posse PERF. potuisse 487. volo, velle, volui, nolo, nolle, nolui, - maid, malle, malui, , be willing, will, wish, be unwilling, will not. r t tu in i rig , jsr INDICATIVE. nolo malo non vis mavis non vult mavult nolumus malumus non vultis mavultis nolunt malunt nolebam malebam PRES. volo vis vult volumus vultis volunt IMP. volebam FUT. volam, voles, etc. nolam, noles, etc. malam, males, etc* PERF. volui nolui malui PLUP. volueram nolueram malueram F. P. voluero noluero maluero PRES. velim veils velit velimus velitis velint SUBJUNCTIVE. nolim nolis nolit nolimus nolitis nolint malim malls malit malimus malltis malint IRREGULAR l/ERBS. 255 SUBJUNCTIVE ( Continued. ) IMP. vellem n6llem mallem PERF. voluerim noluerim inaluerim PLUP. voluissem rioluissem maluissem IMPERATIVE. PRES. noli nolite FUT. nolito, etc. INFINITIVE. PRES. velle nolle malle PERF. voluisse noluisse maluisse PARTICIPLE. PRES. volens nolens 48r. E6, go. Principal Parts : E6, ire, il ! (or ivi) (iturus) INDICATIVE. PRES. eo imus is itis it eunt IMPERF. ibam FUT. ibo PERF. ii (Ivi) PLUP. ieram (iveram) FUT. PERF. iero IMPERATIVE. PRES. I ite FUT. ito itote ito eunto PARTICIPLES. PRES. iens. GEN. euntis FUT. iturus, -a, -urn SUPINE. Ac. itum AB. itu SUBJUNCI-IVE. PRES. earn, etc. IMPERF. irem PERF. ierim PLUP. issem INFINITIVE. PRES. ire PERF. isse FUT. iturum (-am, -um) esse GERUND. G. eundi D. eundo Ac. eundum AB. eundo 1 The contracted form is the commoner. 256 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 489. Fero, bear, carry. Principal Parts : Fero, ferre, tull, latum. Active. Passive. INDICATIVE. PRES. fero ferimus feror ferimur fers fertis ferris or -re ferimini fert fer unt fertur feruntur IMPERF. fei ebam ferebar Fur. feram ferar PERF. tuli latus (-a, -urn) sum PLUP. tuleram latus (-a, -um) eram FUT. PF.RF. tnlero latus (-a, -um) ero SUBJUNCTIVE. PRES. feram ferar IMPERF. ferrem ferrer PERF. tulerim latus (-a, -um) sim PLUP. tulissem latus (-a, -um) essem IMPERATIVE. PRES. fer ferte ferre ferimini FUT. ferto fertote fertor ferto ferunto fertor feruntor PRES. PERF. FUT. PRES. FUT. G. D. Ac. AB. INFINITIVE. ferre ferri tulisse latum (-am, -um) esse laturum (-am, -um) esse latum Iri PARTICIPLES. fer ens laturus (-a, -um) GERUND. ferendi fer en do ferendum ferendo PERF. latus GERUNDIVE. ferendus SUPINE. Ac. latum AB. latu IRREGULAR yERBS. 257 49O. Flo, be made, become. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRES. fio fimus PRES. fiam fis fitis fit fiunt IMPERF. fiebam IMPERF. fierem FUT. fiam PERF. factus sum PERF. factus sim PLUP. factus eram PLUPERF. factus essem FUT. PERF. factus ero IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PRES. fi fite PRES. fieri PERF. factum (-am, -um) esse FUT. factum iri PARTICIPLES. GERUNDIVE, faciendus, -a, -um PERFECT. factus, -a, -um. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. Ab., Abl., Ablative. Ac., Ace.. Accusative. Adj., Adjective. Adv., Adverb. Conj., Conjunction. Cp., Compare. D., Dat., Dative. Demon., Demonstrative. Dep., Deponent. F., Fern., Feminine. F. P., Future Perfect. Fut., Future. Fut. Perf., Future Perfect. G., Gen., Genitive. Imp., Imperf., Imperfect. Indef., Indefinite. Interrog., Interrogative. M., Mas., Masculine. N., Neut., Neuter. N., Nom., Nominative. Perf., Perfect. Pers., Personal, Person. Plup., Pluperf., Pluperfect, Poss., Possessive. Prep., Preposition. Pres., Present. Rel., Relative. Sing., Singular. Subj., Subjunctive. Voc., Vocative. W., With. 258 VOCABULARY. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of \.\\t first declension wtjeminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -urn are neuter. The principal parts of -verbs of the first co vjugatioa marked "/."are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duc6, afo-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). a, ab, prep. w. abl., 80, by, from. ab-duco, lead away. ab-eo, go away. ab-ripuit (ab-ripi6j, took (or tore) off. ab-s-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, -tentus), hold back, abstain. ab-sum (ab-esse, a-fui), 302, be away, be distant. ac, conj., and. (Before con- sonants only.) ac-cido (-cidere, -cidi, ), happen. ac-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- tus), receive. acer, acris, acre, adj., keen, eager (i-stem). acies, el, f., 302, line of battle. acriter, adv., keenly, eagerly. ad, prep. w. ace., 145, to (denoting place to which), at. With numerals, about. ad-duco, lead to. ad-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, -hibitus), furnish, employ [ad-habeo] . ad-iungo (-iungere, -iunxl, -iunctus), unite. ad-sum (ad-esse, af-fui), be present. adulescens, -ntis, m. (and f.), young man, youth (i-stem). ad-ventus, -us, m., arrival [ad-venio] . aedifico, I., build. aeger, -gra, -grum, adj., sick, feeble. aegre, adv., with difficulty, hardly. 259 260 VOCABULARY. af f ero (af-ferre, at-tuli, al-latum), bring to [ad- fero]. af-ficio (-ficere, -feel, -fec- tus), affect, some one (in some manner) [ad-f acio] . ager, agri, m., 59, field. Plural, the country, as dis- tinguished from the town. agmen, -inis, n., 158, army on the march, a marching column. agnoscd, agnoscere, agnovi, agnotus, recognize. (Cp. cognosce.) ago, agere, egi, actus, con- duct, perform, do. aliquis, -qua, -quid, indef. pron., some one, any one. alius, -a, -ud (gen., -lus), adj., 321, another, other; alius . . . alius, one . . . another. alter, -era, -erum (gen., -lus), adj., the other (of two) ; alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other. altus, -a, -um, adj., 54, high, deep. amat, loves. amicitia, -ae, friendship. amiCUS, -1, ^, friend. a-mitto, lose. amo, amare, amavi, ama- tus, I., 80, to like or love. amplius, adv. , more widely. animus, -I, mind, conscious- ness. an-nuo (-nuere, -nui, -nu- tus), to nod. annus, -l, m., \$$,year. ante, prep. w. ace., before. ante-slgnanus, -I, a soldier whose position was in front of the standard. apertus, a, -um, adj., open, exposed. ap-pello, L, call to, address. apud, prep. w. ace., near to, in the presence of. aqua, -ae, 289, water. aquila, -ae, an eagle. The principal standard of a legion. aquilifer, -eri, m. [aquila, fero], an eagle-bearer or standard-bearer. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of thejirst declension are /-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 263 c5n-sto (-stare, -steti, -sta- tus, Cp. do), stand firm, stop (intrans.). con-teado (-tendere, -tendl, -tentum), 256, strive, has- ten; sometimes, to fight. continenter, adv., contin- uously. con-tineo (-tinere, -tinul, -tentus), 233, to hold to- gether; passive also, is bounded. contra, adv. and prep. w. ace. , opposite to, against. con-venio, agree, meet. con-voco, L, call together. COpia, -ae, 41, abundance ; plural also troops. Cornu, -US, n., horn, wing of an army. credo, credere, credidi, cre- ditus, believe. cum, conj., when, since (causal), although. cum, prep. w. abl., 80, to- gether with, with (denoting accompaniment) . cur? adv., wherefore? cursus, -US, m., a running. dare se in deditionem, to surrender himself (her- self}, themselves. dat, gives. de, prep. w. abl., from, about, concerning, of. decumanus, -a, -urn, adj., of or belonging to the tenth (legion). W. porta, rear. deditio, -ionis, f., surren- der. de-fendo (-fendere, -fendi, -fensusj, 256, defend. de-fero, bear away. defessus, -a, -um, adj., 54, tired, weary. de-figo ( -figere, -fixi, -fix- us), fix, fasten. de-icio (-icere, -ieci, -iec- tus), throw down. de-inde, adv., then, secondly. de-mitto, to lower. de-pono, lay aside, set down. desperado, -onis, f., despera- tion. de-sum, fail, lack, be away. dexter, era, -erum, adj., right (hand}. dicit, says. dico, dlcere, dixi, dictus, 264, say. dies, -el, m. and f., 289, day; multo die, late in the day. dif-fero (dif-ferre, dis-tuli, dl-latUS), to change. difficilis. -e, adj., difficult. difficultas, -atis, f. , difficulty, dignitas, -atis, f., dignity. dlligenter, adv., diligently. diligentia, -ae, diligence. dl-mitto, send away. diu, adv, , for a long time. 264 VOCABULARY. diutius, adv. Comp. of diu. dlxit, said. do, dare, dedi, datus, 104, give. domus, -1 or -us (see 472), f. , 420, house, home. donum, -1, gift. dubitO, I., hesitate. duco, ducere, duxl, ductus, 264, lead. dum, conj., while. duplico, I. , to double. dux, duels, m. and f. (duco), a leader. e, ex, prep. w. abl., 191, from, out from, out of. edo, edere, edi, esus, eat. e-duco, lead away. ef-ficio (-ficere, -feel, -fec- tus), accomplish, execute, make. ego, me! (dat., mihi; ace., abl., me), pers. pron. /. elephantus, -I, elephant. e-licio (-licere, -licul or -lexi, -licitus), entice, lure forth. eo, Ire, Ivi (ii), (iturus), 488, to go. eques, -itis, m., 133, horse* man. equitatus, -us, m., 264, cav* airy. equus, -1, 47, horse; ex equo, on horseback. erat, was. est, is. et, 41, and; et . . . et, both . . . and. etiam, adv. and conj., even. e-VOCO, I., call forth. ex. See e. excellent, gen. -ntis, adj., excellent. ex-cldo (-cldere, -cidi, -ci- SUS), cut down. ex-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- tus), receive, draw out, cap- ture. ex-CO, go away. exercitus, -us, m. , 2 1 5 , army. ex-fugio, flee away. ex-lstimo, L, 396, think, suppose. ex-lvit (plural, -iverunt), went away. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are_/i?w//;//^, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -urn are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked " /." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb a'"e not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as iuco, eo). VOCABULARY. 265 sx-specto, I., await, expect. extra, prep, with ace., outside. extrernus, -a, -um, adj., 240, extreme, outermost. facilis, -e, adj., 348, easy (i-stem). facile, adv., 247, easily. facio, facere, fed, factus, 294, do, make. factio, -onis, f., {political} party. facultas, -atis, f., 396, abil- ity, opportunity, supply. falsus, -a, -um, adj., /ate. fero, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear (489). feroculus, -a, -um, adj., ferocious ; [ferox, (fierce) -ulus, a diminutive here expressing contempt.^ fertilis, -e, *.&}>, fertile. fides, -61, f. , trust, trustworth- iness. fidus, a, -um, ^., faithful. filia, -ae, daughter. films, -1, 96, son. finis, -is, m., 405, limit, end ; plural, boundaries, hence, country, land (i-stem). fio, fieri, factus, passive of facio (490) become, be made. firmus, -a, -um, adj.,yfrw. flo, I., blow. flumen, -inis, n., 145, river. forsitan, adv., perhaps. fortis, -e, adj., brave (i-stem). fortiter, adv., bravely. fortuna, -ae, 140, fortune, chance. fortunatus, -a, -um, adj., fortunate. f rater, fratris, m., brother. frumentaria, adj. , f. See res. frumentum, -I, n., 65, grain, provisions. frustra, adv., vainly. f uga, -ae, flight. f uge, flee ! fugid, fugere, fugi, fugitus, 363, flee. funditor, -oris, m., slinger. A light-armed soldier who threw stones with a sling. gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, 215, to do, wage. gladius, -I, 71, sword. gloria, -ae, glory. gratia, -ae, favor / gratias agere, to thank. gratus, -a, -um, adj., 54, pleasing, acceptable (refers to things and animals). gravis, -e, adj., heavy, bur- dened, severe (i-stem). graviter, adv., heavily, se- verely. habet, has. habeo, habere, habui, habi- tus, 184, have. 266 VOCABULARY. habuit (plural habuerunt), has had, had. hie, haec, hoc, demons, pron., this ; also, as pers. pron., he, she, it (476). hiems, -emis, f., winter. hiberna, -orum, n. (in plural only), 65, winter- quarters. (The full form, castra hiberna, is seldom used.) hodie, for hoc die, to-day. homo, -inis, m. (andf.), 145, man. hora, -ae, hour. hostis, -is, m. (andf.), 165, enemy (i-stem). ibl, adv., 65, in that place. idem, eadem, idem, demon. pron., same. idoneus, -a, -um, ndj., 96, su i table. ( Re fer r i n g to places or people.) ignis, -is, m.,fire (i stem). ille, ilia, illud, demon. pron., that ; also as pers. pron., he, she, it (476). impedimentum, -I, 116. imperator, -oris, m., a title of honor given to a general by acclamation of the sol- diers after his first victory. General- in-ch ief. imperium, -I, dominion, rule, supreme command. impero, I., command. (Fol- lowed by Ut. ) impetus, -us, m., 294, attack. im-pono, place upon, impose. in, prep, with ace. andabl., 47; with ace., into, against; with abl., in, on. in-, equivalent sometimes to English prefix un-. in-cendit, burned. in-cendo (-cendere, -cendi, -census), to burn, be angry. in columis, -e, unharmed. in-crebuit, increased. in credibilis^ -e, adj. (credo), incredible ( i -stem ) . inferior, -ius, adj., 240, lower. in-fero (in-ferre, in-tuli, il- latus), carrv or bring to or into ; bellum inferre, to wage war. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of theyfrj-/ declension n\e feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns ot the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked'"/. 11 are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-ducd, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 267 infimus, -a, -um, adj., 240, lowest. infra, adv. and prep. w. ace., below. in-iquus, -a, -um, adj., un- equal. in-opia, ae, 140, lack. in-struo (-struere, -struxl, -Structus), 302, construct. Of troops, to draw up. inter, adv. and prep, w. ace., among, between. inter eo, perish. interfectus est, was killed. inter-ficio (-ficere, -fed, -fectus), 321, kill. interim, adv., meanwhile. inter -ivit (plural -iverunt), perished. inter-mitto, omit, discontinue. inter -pono, place between, interpose. inter-sum, be between. intra, adv. and prep. w. ace., within, inside. ipse, -a, -um, demon, adj. and pron., self. is, ea, id, demon, pron., this. Also as pers. pron., he, she, #(476). iste, ista, istud, demon. pron., that (of yours). ita, adv., 104, thus. ita-que, conj., and so, and thus. item | adv. , in the same manner. iter, itineris, n., 184, a march, journey, road. iterum, adv., again. Ivit (plural iverunt ), went. iacio, iacere, iecl, iactus, throw. iam, adv., already. iudioO, 1 , judge, examine. iuro, '., take an oath. labor, -or is, m., labor.. laboio, I., 86, to work. laetus, -a, -um, adj., joyful. lapis, -idis, n., stone. latus, -a, -um, adj., wide. laudat, praises. laudo, I., to praise. legatus,-!, 47, legate, lieuten- ant, envoy. legio, -onis, f., 158, legion. legionarius, -a, -um, adj., 289, belonging to a legion, legionary. levis, -e, adj., light (in weight), (i-stem). levis armaturae, light-armed soldiers. liber, -era, -erum, adj., 59, free, llberi, -orum, m. (in plu. only), 59, children. llbertas, -atis, f., liberty. littera, -ae, letter. lltus, -oris, n., 171, coast. locus, -I (plural loci and loca), 96, place, position. 268 VOCABULARY. longus, -a, -um, adj., 54, long. longe, adv., 247, far, widely. loquor, loqui, locutus, 405, speak, say. luna, -ae, moon. magis, adv., more. magister, -ri, m., master. magnus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 240, large, great. maior, ius, adj., 240, larger, greater. malo, malle, malul, prefer. malus, -a, -um, adj., bad. manipularis, -e, adj., of the same (i-stem) military com- pany, comrade. maximus, -a, -um, adj., 240, largest, greatest. me, mei. See ego. mecum. For cum me. medius, -a, -um, adj., middle of. melior, -ius, adj., 240, better. memoria, -ae, memory. mentio, -onis, f., mention. meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., my, mine. mihi. See ego. miles, -itis, m., 133, soldier. mllle (plural milia, -ium), num. adj., indeclinable in sing., thousand. minimus, -a, -um, adj., superlative of parvus, smallest, least. minor, -us, adj. Compara- tive of parvus, smaller, less. mitto, mittere, misl, mis- sus, 215, send. moneo, monere, monui, mo- nitus, advise. mons, montis, m., 233, mountain (i-stem). morior, mori, mortuus, dep., die. moveo, movere, movi, mo- tus, move. mulier, -eris, f., woman: mulieres, nom. and ace. plural, women. multitude, -inis, f., multi- tude. multus, -a, -um, adj., 540, 240, 247, much; plural many. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of theyfri-/ declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of ihejirst conjugation marked "/." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb arc not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they arc derived (as VOCABULARY. 269 murus, -I, 91, wall. nam, adv.,/0r. natio, -onis, f., nation. natura, -ae, nature (of a thing) ; natu (abl. of natUS), by birth, in age. aauta, -ae, m., sailor. navis, -is, f., 177, ship (i-stem) ; navem solvit (plural SOlverunt), set sail; navis longa, ship of war ; navis oneraria, transport, merchant vessel. -ne, interrog. adv. Sign of a question (41). ne, conj., in order that . . . not. With verbs of fearing, lest. (With subj.) With imperative, not. nec, conj., and not ; nee . . . nec, neither . . . nor. nemo (dat. nemini), m. and f. , no one, nobody. ne-que, conj., and not; neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor. neuter, -tra, -trum, adj., neither (of two). neve, adv., and not, nor. niger, -gra, -grum, adj., black. nihil, n. (indeclinable), noth- ing. ni-si, conj., if not, unless, except. noceo, nocere, nocul [noci- turus], injure. nolo, nolle, nolul [non- VOlo], 381, be unwilling. non, adv., not. non-nullus, -a, -um, adj., some, several. non-numquam, adv., some- times. nos, nostrum (nobis). Plural of ego, /. noster, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron., 256, our. novus, -a, -um, adj., 116, new, strange ; novissimum agmen, rear rank. nox, -noctis, f., 165, night (i-stem). nudus, -a, -um, adj., bare. nullus, -a, -um, adj. (ne- ullus), none, no one. numerus, -1, 47, number. numquam, adv., never. nunc, adv., now. nuntio, I., 80, report, tell. nuntius, -I, 65, messenger. ob, prep. w. ace., on account of. obses, -idis, m. and f., 165, hostage. ob-tineo (-tinere, -tinul, -ten- tus), 233, possess. occasio, -onis, f., opportunity. occupo, I., 86, seize, take pos- session of. 270 VOCABULARY. of fero ^of-ferre, ob-tuli, ob- latus) , bring forward, offer. Slim, adv., once, formerly. omnis, -e, adj., 171, all, every (i-stem). onerarius, -a, -um, adv. (something] that bears a burden. See navis. Opera, -ae, f., exertion, work. Opinio, -onis, f., opinion, be- lief. oppidum, -1, 54, town. Op-pugno, I., 86, to attacK. optimus, -a, -um, adj., superlative of bonus, 240, best. opus, -eris, n., 302, work. Also, need. oratio, -onis, f., speech. paene, adv., almost. par, paris, adj., equal. pars, partis, f., 140, part, etc., hence region, place, direction (i-stem). par 6, I, 171, prepare. parvus, -a, -um, adj., 215, little, small. passus, -us, m. , apace; mille little. thousand feet). pater, -tris, m. , father. pauci, -ae, -a, adj., i\,few. paulatim, adv., little by little, by degrees. paulim, adv., paulo, adv., pecunia, -ae, ?noney. pedes, -itis, m., 133, foot- soldier. \ peior, -ius, adj., comparative of malus, worse. pello, pellere, pepull [cp. do], pulsus, drive out. per, prep. w. ace., through, during, by means of. per-duco, conduct to, draw out or lengthen. per-exiguus, -a, -um, very small. per-fero, convey, endure, com* plete. periculum, -I, danger. per-mitto, permit, give {some- thing^) up to {some one). per-suadeo (-suadere,-suasi, -suasus) (followed by ut or ne ) , 377, persuade. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of thejlrst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs Qi \\\& first conjugation marked "/." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-60), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, cd). VOCABULARY. 271 per-terreo (-terrere, -terrui, -territus), 'terrify. per-tineo (-tinere, -tinul, ), 233, extend. per-turbo, L, 321, disturb greatly, throw into con- fusion. per venio, arrive. pes, -pedis, m,, 140, foot. pessimus, -a, -um, adj., superlative of malus, worst. petlvit (plural petiverunt), sought. peto, petere, petivi, petitus, seek, beg, demand, (fol- lowed by ut or ne), 256. pllum, -1, a dart or javelin. polliceor, polliceri, polli- citUS, dep., to promise. pono, ponere, posui, positus, to place, put, 294. populus, -I, 71, people. porta, -ae, gate / portat, car- ries. portO, L, 80, carry. possessio, -6nis, f., posses- sion. possum, posse, potui (potis- sum), 317, be able, can. post, adv. and prep. w. ace., behind, after, afterward. post-ea, adv., afterward. poster us, -a, -um, adj., 240, next. postquam, conj., after. postulo, I., demand. potestas, -atis, {..power. prae, adv. and prep. w. abl., before. praeda, -ae, 317, plunder, booty, loot. prae-dico, say or tell before- hand, predict, advise, warn, command. prae-duco, lead in front of, show. prae-ficio (-ficere, -fed, -fec- tus), set over, place in com- mand. praemium, -I, reward. prae-mitto, send before. prae-occupo, seize before. prae-sum, be over, rule. praeter, adv. and prep w. ace. , except, contrary to. praeter-ea, adv., besides. praeter-mitto, omit, neg- lect. premo, premere, press!, pressus, 289, to press, harass. primus, -a, -um, adj., 240, first. primo, adv., prmceps, -ipis, m., 133, a leader, chief. prior, -ius, adj., 240, former, previous ; prius, adv. , ear- lier, first. pro, prep. w. abl., before, in front of. 272 VOCABULARY. procul, adv., far distant, from afar. pro cumbo (-cumbere, -cu- bui, -CUbitUS), fall or lie down. pro-curro (-currere, -cucurri [cp. do], -cursus), run forward. pro diiCO, lead forth. proelium, -1, n., 145, bat- tle. proficiscor, proficlsci, pro- fectus, 372, set out, go. pro-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, -hibitus), 191, to keep (some one) away (often with ex). pro-iecit, threw. prope, adv. and prep. w. ace., near. properat, hastens. propero, I., 165, hasten, hurry. propior, -ius, adj., nearer. propter, prep. w. ace., be- cause of. provincia, -ae, province. pro -video, foresee, provide for. proximus, -a, -um, adj., next, nearest (last). publicus, -a, -um, adj.,/3- hc. (See res.) puella, -ae, girl. puer, -I, m., boy. pugna, -ae, 86, a fight. pugnat, fights (3d person). pugno, I , 80, to fight. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., beautiful. pulvis, -eris, m., dust. puto, I., suppose, think. quaero, quaerere, quaesivl, quaesitus, ask, inquire ; also seek (followed by ut). quam, adv., 226, than. With superlative as . . . asposstite. -que, conj., 91, and. qul, quae, quod, rel. pron.. who, which, what. quid ? what? why ? quidam, quaedam, quid- (quod) dam, indef. pron., a certain (one], a. quis, quae, quid (quod), in- terrog. pron. and adj., who? which? what? Thcftnitivts of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are femi nine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of \.\\t first conjugation marked " /." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derive^ dnrn n1 it is sd (as dnco, eo). VOCABULARY. 273 quisquam, quaequam, quid- (quod) quam, indef. pron., any, any one. quisque, quaeque, quid- (quod)que, indef. pron., each one, each, every. quod, conj., 396, because. quoniam, adv., 158, because. quoque, conj,, also. ratio, -onis, f., plan, nature ( of som eth ing ) , affa ir, opinion. re-, in compounds as a prefix, again. recepit. See se. re-cipio (cipere, -cepl, -cep- tus), 321, take back, re- ceive. rectus, -a, -um, adj., straight, direct. re-cupero, L, recover. re-d-eo, go back. re-duco, lead back. re-ficio (-ficere, -feel, -fec- tUS), refit, refresh. reglna, -ae, queen. regio, -onis, f., 171, region. re-linquo (-linquere, -liqui, -lictus), 317, leave behind. reliquus, -a, -um, adj. (cp. relinquo), 165, remaining, the rest of. re-perio (-perire, -peri, -pertus), find out. res, rel, f., 271, thing, state of affairs ; res frumen- taria, provisions ; res publica, government (at Rome). re-spondeo (-spondere, -spondi, -sponsus), to reply. re-voco, L, callback, recall. rex, regis, m., king. rivus, -1, stream. rosa, -ae, rose. rursus, adv., again, bach again. sacramentum, -I, the oath of allegiance to the general-in- chief taken by a Roman soldier when he enlisted. saepe, adv., often. saepius, adv., more or too frequently. Sagittarius, -1, archer. sal, salis, m., salt. salus, -utis, f., safety. sanitas, -atis, f., soundness (of mind or body). satis, adv., enough. scelus, -eris, n., crime. scio, scire, scivl, scltus, know, perceive. scutum, -1, shield. se (or sese), ace. of reflex- ive pron. of third pers., himself, herself, itself, themselves (478); se rece- pit (plural receperunt), 274 VOCABULARY. retreated. (Cp. English ' ' to betake one' s self."} secerno, secernere, secrevi, secretus, to separate. secum, for cum se. secundus, -a, -um, adj., favorable, second. sed, conj., 65, but. semper, adv., always. senatus, -us, m., senate. Septimus, -a, -um, adj., 479. sequor, sequi, secutus, dep., 37 2, follow. servatus est, was saved. servo, L, save. sese. See se. si, conj., if. SIC, adv., thus. signum, -i, 104, standard or ensign, signal. silva, -ae, 41, wood, forest. sine, prep. w. abl., without. sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left (hand). solus, -a, -um, adj., alone, single. solvo, solvere, solvi, solu- tus, to loose. See navis. soror, -oris, f., sister. spatium, -I, space. spero, L, look for, hope. spes, spel, f., hope. sponte (abl.), always with mea, tua, sua, etc., of (one's) free will, volunta- rily. statim, adv , immediately. statio, -onis, f., a guard, sen- try; in statione, on guard. sto, stare, stetl, status (cp. do), to stand. studium, -i, 86, study, zeal. stultissimus, -a, -um, adj. (superlative of stultus), most stupid, idiotic. stultus, -a, -um, adj., stupid. sub, prep. w. ace. and abl.-, under. sub-icio (-icere, -iecl, -iec- tus), place under, expose [sub-iacio] . subito, adv., 247, suddenly. suf-fero (suf-ferre, sus-tuli, sub-latus), offer, sustain, endure [sub-f ero] . sum-mo veo (-movere, -mo- VI, -motus), remove, drive back [sub -mo veo]. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of thejZrst declension ar ^e feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of thefirst conjugation marked " L' are /ike those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-diico, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, ed). VOCABULARY. 275 sus-tineo (-tiners, -tinui, -tentus), 372, hold out against. sub-venio, come to one's assistance. summa, -ae, amount, total. summus, -a, -um, adj., 145, highest, top of. sunt, are. superior, -ius, adj,, 240, higher. SUpero, I., 104, surpass, con- quer. super- sum, remain over, be left over, survive. supra, adv. and prep. w. ace., above. suus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., 191, his, her, hers, its, their, theirs. tabernaculum, -I, tent. tarn, adv., to such a degree, so. tamen, adv., nevertheless. tandem, adv ., finally -. tantus, -a, -um, adj., so great, so much. tantum, adv., only. tar do, I., retard. tecum, for cum te. telum, -1, 65, weapon, espe- cially a javelin. tempestas, -atis, f., storm, weather* tempto, L, 133, try. tempus, -oris, n., 191, lime. teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, 191, hold, keep. terra, -ae, 41, land, country. tertius, -a, -um, adj., the third. timeo, timere, timui, 335, to fear. tiro, -Onis, m., recruit, inex- perienced soldier ( some- times used in contempt). totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, all, entire. tra-duco, lead across. trans, prep. w. ace., across. trans-eo, go across. trans-flgo (-flgere, -fixi, -fixus), pierce through. trans-portO, I., carry across. tribunus, -I, 71, tribune. tu, tui (tibi, te), pers. pron., lhou,you. tuba, -ae, trumpet. turn, adv., then (of time). tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe. tuus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., thy, thine, your, yours. ubi, adv., where. ullus, -a, -um, adj., any (one). ulterior, -ius, adj., further. ultra, adv., beyond, further. ultro, adv., moreover, o/one's own accord. 2 7 6 VOCABULARY. umerus, -I, shoulder. unus, -a, -um, num. adj., one, alone; ad unum, to the last one (479). urbs, urbis, f., 184, city (i-stem). usus, usus, m., use, value. Ut, conj., with subj., in order that, so that. uter, utra, utrum, interrog. pron., which (of two) ? uterque, utraque, utrum- que, indef. pron., each (of two), both. utor, uti, usus, dep., 372, to use, employ. utrum, adv., whether ; utrum. . . an, whether. . . or. uxor, -oris, f., wife. vagina, -ae, scabbard. vallis, -is, f., valley (i-stem). vallum, -I, the rampart or wall of a camp. venio, venire, venl, ventus, 355, come. venit (plural veniunt), comes. venit (plural venerunt), came. vero, adv., verum, adv. verto, vertere, verti, versus, turn, turn around or about. verum, -I, neuter of adj. used as noun, the truth. vester, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron., your, yours (of more than one person). veteranus, -a, -um, adj., veteran. via, viae, 41, way, road,, street. victor, -oris, m., victor. victoria, -ae, victory. vide, see! video, videre, vidi, visus, to see. vldit (plural viderunt), saw. vir, viri, m., 59, man ; some- times, hero. virtus, virtutis, f. 3 140, manliness, bravery. vita, vitae, life. VltO, I., avoid. vivo, vlvere, vixi, victus, live. Thegfttr 'tives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of thejirst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of theyfr-f/ conjugation marked " /." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-co), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 277 vlvus, -a, -um, adj., alive. vix, adv., scarcely. volo, velle, volui, 381, vulnerat, wounds. vulnero, I., 80, to wound. vulnus, -eris, n., wound, be willing. ADDENDA. an, adv., or. aptus, -a, -um, adj., suited, fit. arx, arcis, citadel (i stem). circiter, adv. and prep. w. ace., about, around. con-loquor, dep., converse^ confer. controversia, -ae, dispute, argument. duo, duae, duo, num. adj., two (297). finitimus, -a, -um, adj., neighboring. fruor, frui, fructus sum, dep. w. abl. (370), enjoy. fungor, fungi, functus sum, dep. w. abl. (370), do, perform, ignorans, -antis, ignorant. impedio, impedire, impedivi, impeditum, entangle, hinder. insula, -ae, island. miser, -era, -erum, adj., wretched. multo, multum, advs. 247, much. natus est, was born. per-ficio (-ficere, -feel, -fectum), finish. per-sequor, dep. , follow up, accomplish. plurimus, -a, -um; plus, pluris, adjs. See 228 and 240. plus, adv., more. potior, potiri, potitus sum, dep. w. abl. (370), gain posses- sion of. praesidium, -i, defence, protection. principatus, -us, m., headship. quicumque, quaecumque, quodcumque, indef. re!, pron., whoever, whatever. quis, quae, quid. 113, sometimes means anyone, anything. rego, regere, rexi, rectum, 482, to rule. sum, esse, fui, 486, to be. PROPER NAMES. Nouns of thejirst declension arefetninznt, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -unt are neuter. Nouns of the third declension are masculine^ unless otherwise stated. Aduatuca, -ae, a camp estab- lished by Caesar among the Eburones. Aedui, -orum, a large tribe in Gaul which during the con- quest of Gaul by Caesar was for the most of the time in alliance with the Romans. Aeginurus, -I, an island near the Roman province of Africa. Afranius, -I, one of Pompey* s lieutenants, who fought against Caesar in Spain. Africa, -ae, a Roman province (modern Tunis and eastern Morocco}. Africus, -I, the west-south- west wind. Alexandria, -ae, the Allienus, -I. Allobroges, -um, a Gallic tribe living in the valley of the Rhodanus or Rhone, and subject to the Roman power. Alpes, -ium, the Alps. Ambiani, -orum, a tribe in Gaul. Antonius, -1, a lieutenant of Caesar s ; who later delivered the funeral oration over Caesar s body (see Sfia&es- peare, "Julius Caesar " ) / rose as a triumvir to su- preme power over the eastern half of the Roman domin- ion, and was finally defeated with Cleopatra by Octavius, the first Roman emperor^ at 280 PROPER NAMES. Anquillaria, -ae, a town in \ Epirus. Apollonia, -ae, a town in Epirus. Apsus, -I, a river in Epirus. Aqultanus, -a, -urn, an in- habitant of Aquitania. Aquitania, -ae, the south- western portion of Gaul. Arar, Araris, a tributary of ' the river Khodanus (Rhone). Ariovistus, -I, a German chief who invaded Gaul t but was defeated by Caesar. Aristius, -I. Arnus, -I, the river Arno, in Italy. Arverni, -drum, a Gallic tribe. Asia, -ae, a Roman province in western Asia Minor. Atrebates, -um, a tribe in Gaul. Aulus, -1, Auster, -tri, the south wind. Baculus, -I. Bagradas, -ae, a river in the Roman province of Africa. Belgae, -arum, the inhab- itants of northeastern Gaul. Bellovaci, drum, a tribe of the Belgae. Bibracte, -is, the capital of the Aedui. Bibulus, -1. Boil, orum, a tribe which took part with the Helvetii in the invasion of central Gaul Brittania, -ae, Britain, at the time of Caesar covered with dense forests and inhab- ited by tribes of the same race as the Gauls. Caeroesi, -drum, a tribe of Gaul. Caesar, -aris. ( i ) Caius Ju- lius Caesar. (2) Lucius Caesar, commander of a fleet stationed off the coast of Africa to oppose Curio* s in- vasion of that province. Caius, -I. Calenus, -I, a lieutenant of Caesar. Candavia, -ae, a district in eastern Epirus. Cannae, -arum, the scene of the great defeat of the Ro- mans by Hannibal. Carnutes, -um, a tribe in Gaul Carthago, -inis, Carthage, * Nouns of \hzfirst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. Nouns of the third declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. PROPER NAMES. 281 great commercial city and bitter rival of Rome. Casticus, -I. Castra Cornelia, a place upon the coast near Utica, in the l\oman province of Africa. Ceutrones, -um, a tribe in Gaul, Christus, -I, Christ. Cicero, onis, a lieutenant of Caesar, and brother of the famous orator . Cilicia, -ae, a country in southern Asia Minor. Claudius, -1. Cleopatra, -ae, a famous queen of Egypt. Clupea, -ae. a town in the Ro- man province of Africa. Cnaeus, -1. Cominius, -I. Commius, -I. Considius, 1. Coponius, -I. Cornelia, -ae. Crassus, -I. Crastlnus, 1. Creta, -ae, the island of Crete. Curio, -onis, a lieutenant of Caesar, in command of an army which invaded the Roman province of Africa. Daci, -orum, the inhabitants of Dacia, east of the river Danube. Divitiacus, -I, a chief of the A edui. Domitius, -I. Dumnorix, -rigis, a chief of the A edui ; the brother of Divitiacus. Dyrrhachium, -I, a town in Epirus. Eburones, -um, a tribe of the^ Belgae. Eplrus, -1, a district border- ing the Adriatic Sea, north of Greece. Fabius, -I. Galba, -ae, m. Gallia, -ae, the country of Gaul Galli, -orum, the Gauls. Garumna, -ae, a river in Gaul, now the Garonne. Genava, -ae, a town on the borders of Helvetia, now Geneva. Ger mania,, -ae, Germany : at the time of Caesar covered with forests and inhabited by many semi-savage tribes. German!, -orum, the inhabit- ants of Germany. Graecia, -ae, the country of Greece. Graeci, -orum, the Greeks. 282 PROPER NAMES. Hadrumentum, -I, a town in Africa. Hamilcar, -aris, a Cartha- ginian general : the father of Hannibal. Hannibal, -alls, the invader of Italy, during Rome ' s second war with Carthage. Hasdrubal, -alls, the brother of Hannibal : commander in Spain during the second war of Carthage with Rome. Helvetia, -ae, a district of Gaul ; the modern Swit- zerland. Helvetil, -drum, the inhabit- ants of Helvetia. Hercynia silva, a great for- est along the upper Danube. Herminius, -I. Hispania, -ae, Spain : a province of the Roman do- minion. Hispanus, -I, Spaniard. Ilerda, -ae, a town in Spain, now Lerida. Italia, -ae, Italy. luba, -ae, m., King of the tribes living north of the Sahara desert and south and west of the Roman province, of Africa. Labienus, -I, one of Caesar's most trusted lieutenants in the conquest of Gaul ; but during the civil war one of his bitterest enemies. Latini, -orum, the inhabitants of Latium, the district to the south of Rome. Libo, -onis. Licinius, -1. Lingones, -um, a Gallic tribe. Lucius, -I. Macedonia, -ae, a Roman. province. Manilius, -1. Marcus, -I. Menapii, -orum, a Gallic tribe. Morini, -orum, a Gallic tribe. Nymphaeum, -I, a place in Epirus. Oceanus, -I, the Atlantic Ocean. Oricum, -l, a town in Epirus. Padus, -I, the river Po, in north Italy. Nouns of theyr.>7 declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -urn are ntuttr. Nouni of (to third declension are wwttlinti unless otherwise stattd* PROPER NAMES. 283 Palaeste, -es, f.. a harbor of Epirus. Petronius, -I. Petrosidius, I. Pharsalia, -ae, a place in Thes aly, where Caesar de- feated Pompey. Pharsalicus, -a, -um, adj., of Pharsalia. Piso, -onis. Plancus, -I. Pompeius, -l, the famous gen- eral, a contemporary, and finally the opponent of Caesar. Provincia, -ae, the Province : 'referring to the Roman province in Southern Gaul, of which Caesar was gov- ernor at the beginning of his conquest of the Gauls. Ptolemaeus, -1. Ptolemy, the title of the kings of Egypt. Publius, -1. Pullo, -onis. Quintilius, -I. Rebilus, -1. Regulus, -I. Remi, -orum, a tribe in Gaul. Remus, -1. Rhenus, -I, the river Rhine. Roma, -ae, the city Rome. Roman!, -Drum, the Romans. Rufus, -i. Saburra, -ae, -m, a lieutenant of King Juba, an opponent of Curio Salonae, -arum, a town upon the Adriatic Sea. Sclpl6,-6nis, a Roman general who fought with Hasdrubal in Spain, and finally de- feated Hannibal at Zama. Sequanl, -orum, a Gallic tribe. Sextius, -I. Sextus, -I. Sicilia,-ae,//? island of Sicily. Staberius, -I. Suebl, -orum, a tribe of Ger- mans. Sugambrl, -orum, a tribe of Germans. Sulla, -ae, m., a famous Ro- man general, of the genera- tion before Caesar. Syria, -ae, a Roman province. Syriacus, -a, -um, adj . Syrian. Thapsus, -I, a town in the Roman province of Africa. Thessalia, -ae, Thessaly. Thracia, -ae, the country of Thrace. Thrax, Thracis, an inhabi- tant of Thrace. Tiber, -is, the river Tiber. Ticida, -ae. Ticinus, -I. Tigurmi, -orum, a sub-tribe or canton of the Helvetii. 284 PROPER NAMES. Titurius, -L Tiftis, -I. Treveri, -orum, a tribe of the Belgae. Tilling!, -Drum, a tribe which joined with the Helvetii in the invasion of central Gaul. Tusculum, -i, a town in La- tium. Usipites, -um, a tribe of Ger- mans. Utica, -ae, a large city in the Roman province of Africa. Varus, -1, a lieutenant of Pompey, opposed to Curio in the Roman province of Africa. Valerius, -I. Velocassl, -drum, a tribe of Gaul. Volcae Tectosages, a tribe of Gauls living in Germany. Vorenus, -i. Zama, -ae, a place near Car- thage, where Hannibal was defeated by Scipio . Nouns of iht first declension axt feminine, unless otherwise stated* Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. Nouns of the third declension are masculine % unless otherwise stated. RULES OF SYNTAX ARRANGED SYSTEMATICALLY FOR READY REFERENCE. A. denotes Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar; B., Ben nett's 1 ; G., Gildersleeve's; H., HarknessV 2 28. Appositives agree in case with the nouns which they limit. A. 183, 184. B. 169. 2. G. 321. H. 393. 30. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. A. 183, 185. B. 168. G. 325. H. 393. 109. A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon the construc- tion of the clause in which it stands. A. 198. B. 250. G. 614. H. 396. NOMINATIVE. 21. The nominative is the case of the subject. A. 173. B. 166. G. 203. H. 387. ACCUSATIVE. 22. The direct object of a verb is put in the accusative. A. 237. B. 173. G. 328 H. 404. 261. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative. A. 256, 257. B. 181. G. 335, 336. H 417- 340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 1 School edition. 2 Revised edition, 285 286 RULES OF SYNTAX. 360. With names of towns, the place to which is expressed by the accusative without a preposition. A. 258, b. B. 182. G. 337- H. 418. DATIVE. 23. The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative. A. 255. B. 187. G. 345, 348. H. 424. 35. .The dative is used with sum to denote the possessor, the thing possessed being the subject. A. 231. B. 190. G. 349. H. 430. 375. Most verbs meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, help, and their opposites; also, to persuade, command, obey, serve, resist, and the like, are followed by the dative. A. 227. B. 187. II. a. G. 346. H. 426. 399. The end or purpose which an object serves may be denoted by the dative. A. 233. B. 191. G. 356. H. 433. 400. Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super are followed by the dative. A. 228. B. 187. III. G. 347. H. 429. 456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 355. H. 431. GENITIVE. 149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. A. 215. B. 203. G. 365. H. 440. 3. ABLATIVE. 69. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the ablative. A. 248. c. I. B. 218. G. 401. H. 476. 78. The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. A. 246. B. 216. C. 401. H. 467. 89. The manner of an action is expressed by the ablative with cum, unless an adjective is used with the ablative, when cum may be omitted. A. 248. B. 220. G. 399. 11.473.3. RULES OP SYNTAX. 287 '137. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. A. 245. B. 219. G. 408. H. 475. 149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. A. 251. B. 224. G. 400. H. 473. 2. 174. Time when, or within which, is expressed by the ablative. A. 256. B. 230, 231. G. 393. H. 486. 194. The ablative of specification is used to point out in what respect a statement is true. A. 253. B. 226. G. 397. H. 480. 222. The ablative is used with comparatives in the sense of "than" when quam is omitted. A. 247. B. 217. G. 398. H. 471, 370. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their com- pounds, govern the ablative. A. 249. B. 218. i. G. 407. H. 477- I. 418. Separation is expressed by the ablative, often without a preposition. A. 243. B. 214. G. 390. H. 461, 464. THE SUBJUNCTIVE. THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES. 447. Commands are put in the imperative or subjunctive; appeals in the subjunctive. The negative is ne. A. 266, 269. B. 275, 281. G. 260, 263, 266-270. H. 559, 560. 438. An indirect question takes the subjunctive. A. 334. B. 300, 315. i. G. 467. H. 649. II. 650. SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 411. A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the present or perfect subjunctive. A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. A. 285, 286. B. 267. G. 509-511. H. 543-545- 288 RULES OF SYNTAX. THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 279. Purpose is expressed by ut and ne with the sub- junctive. A. 317, 331. B. 282, 295, 296. G. 545-548. H. 568. 309. The result of an action is expressed by the subjunc- tive with ut and ut non. A. 319, 332. B. 284, 297. G-- 551-553. H. 570, 571. 425. Relative clauses of purpose, result, cause, and charac- teristic take the subjunctive. A. 317. 2, 319. 2, 320. B. 282. 2, 284. 2, 283. G. 630, 631, 633. H. 590, 591. i, 2, 592. 353. The subjunctive with ut or ne is used after verbs of fearing; ut meaning "that not," and ne "that" or "lest." A. 331 f. B. 296. 2. G. 550. H. 567. 384. (Cum, temporal.) Cum, meaning "when," is fol- lowed by the subjunctive if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect, otherwise by the indicative. A. 325. B. 288, 289. G. 580, 585. H. 600. 427. (Cum, causal or concessive.) Cum, when it means "since" or "although," is used with the subjunctive. A. 326. B. 286. ?., 309. 3. G. 586, 587. H. 598. 449. In indirect discourse, the subjunctive of appeals and commands remains a subjunctive. The imperative is, in indirect discourse, changed to the subjunctive. A. 339. B. 316, 654, 652. H. 642. 413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the sequence of tenses. A. 336. 2. B. B. 314, 318. G. 508, 509. H. 643, 644. 443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. B. 303- G. 596. H. 576. 443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluper- RULES OF SYNTAX. 289 feet subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. B. 304. G. 597. H. 579. THE INFINITIVE. 340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. H. 617-620. INDIRECT STATEMENTS. 341. Statements after verbs, and other expressions of say- ing, thinking, knowing, and perceiving are called Indirect Statements. A. 335, 336. B. 313, 314. G. 648. H. 641, 649. 413. The main verb of an indirect statement is put in the infinitive with subject accusative, and depends upon the verb or expression of saying, thinking, or perceiving. A. 336.^2. B. 314. G. 650. H. 642. 346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. H: 617-620. 413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the sequence of tenses. A. 336. B. B. 318. G. 508, 509. H. 643, 644. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 443. I. Simple conditional sentences take the indicative in both condition and conclusion. A. 306, 307. I. B. 302. G. 595- H. 574. 443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- 290 RULES OF SYNTAX. junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. B - 33- G - 59 6 - H - 576. 443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluper- fect subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. B. 304. G. 597- H. 579. THE GERUNDIVE. 455. The gerundive is used with the verb sum to form the passive (or second) periphrastic conjugation, denoting obli- gation or duty. A. 113. d. I. 129. B. 115, 337. 7. G. 251. H. 621. 456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the dative, A. 232. B. 189. G. 215. 2, 355. H. -431. INDEX. References are to paragraphs. A. a, stem-vowel, 19, d. -a, 142, a\ 431, 2. -a, 43 1 2. a, ab., 78. ab-sum, 400, b. Ablative, 431, 2; Absolute, 403. of Agent, 77 ; 78. of Cause, 137; 431, 2. with Comparatives, 223. with certain Deponents, 370. Descriptive, 149. with in, 31. of Manner, 89. of Means or Instrument, 68; 69; 77, ; 43 1 * 2. of Separation, 418. of Specification, 194. of Time, 174. Accent, 8, Accusative; Direct Object, 16, 22. with in, 38. of Place Whither, 360. of Time and Space, 261. Subject of Infinitive, 340. acer, 160. Active Periphrastic Conjugation, 453- Active Voice defined. 73, a. Action; completed, 359, b. incompleted, 275. ad with Gerundive and Gerund, 3.9'-. Adjectives; 82, a; 89; 149, a\ 169; 431, i, 2. Agreement of, 3, a\ 16, e. Comparing of; regular, 219; 220 ; 230 ; irregular, 228 ; 2351 237- Adjectives; Demonstrative, 94; 100; 120; 121. of First and Second Declen- sions, 50; 51. Interrogative, 114. Irregular, 125. Predicate, 52. Possessive, 285. Reason for terminations, 50, b. of Third Declension, 160; 167. Adverbs; 230; comparing of. 249; formation of, 242 ; 243. Agent; Ablative of, 77; 78. Dative of, 456. ager, 56. Agreement; of adjectives, 13, a\ 1 6, c\ 50, b\ of relative pro- nouns, 109; of verbs, 63. aliquis, 124. alius, 125. Allied Words; Use explained, 131. altior, 221. Alphabet, I. amans, 358. amo, 73; 82. Antecedent, 108. Antepenult, 6, 3; 8, 3. Appea I of Dvu itia cus, 414. Appeal of Gauls to Caesar, 350. Appeals, 447 ; in indirect dis- course, 449. Apposition, 27; 28. Article wanting, 13, b. -as, 43 1 2. audio, 323. B. -ba, 188; 333. Baculus Centurio, 315; 320. bonus, 50; 82, a. 291 292 INDEX. C. C; pronunciation of, 5. Is Caesar an " Imperator " ? 463. Caesar atque Class is Pompel, 170 (Introduction); 176; 183; 190; 196; 201. Caesar et Afrdnius, 262 (Intro- duction); 263; 270; 288; 293; 301; 306. Caesar et Ariovistus, IO2, II. Cardinal numerals, 296; 298. capio, 258. caput, 130. Cases; names of, 9. Cause; Ablative of, 137; 431, 2; Relative Clauses of, 423. centum, 298. ch; pronunciation of, 5. Characteristic ; Relative clauses of, 424. Clause; defined, 161, i; main, 161, 2 ; subordinate, 161, 4 ; 274; 412; 450. collis, 147. Commands; 447; in indirect dis- course. 449; 450. Common constructions, 431, 2. Comparatives; how declined, 221; meanings, 219; 223 Comparing; of Adjectives; regu- lar, 219, 220; 230; irregu- lar, 228; 235-237. of Adverbs; 249. Complementary Infinitive, 155; position, 155, b. Completed action, 410, a. Compounds; defined, 6, a\ gov- erning Dative, 400. Conditional Sentences, 443. Conjugations; analysis of forms, 332. Conjugation; First, 73; 82. Second, 179; 186. Third, 205; 210; in io, 258. Fourth, 323. Periphrastic Active, 453 ; Passive, 455. Consonants; classification, 2 ; double, 2, 3; pronunciation of, 5- References are Contraction, 7, 4. Contrary to fact conditions, 443, III. cornu; 199. cum; causal and concessive, 427. since, although, 427. when. 384. Curio in Africa. 361 (Introduc- tion); 362:365; 395; 432; 435. cursus, 199. D. Dative; with Adjectives, 20, c. of Agent. 456. with Compounds, 400. of End or Service, 399. of Indirect Object, 20; 23. with some Intransitives, 374. of the Possessor, 34; 35. Declension; defined, 19. Adjectives; First and Second Declensions, 50; 51. Third Declension, 160; 167. Nouns: First Declension; 19; by endings, 19, e. Second; 45; 56; by endings, 45, '. Third; stem, 130; mute stems, 130; 135; liquid stems, 142; i-stems, 147; 153- Fourth, 199. Fifth, 266. Demonstrative Adjectives, 94; 100. Demonstrative Pronouns, 94; 120; 121. Dentals, 2. Deponent Verbs; 367; 368; gov- erning Ablative, 370. Descriptive Ablative or Genitive, 149. dies, 268. Diphthongs, 4, 2; 7, 3, 4. Direct Object, 16; 22; 431, 2. Direct Questions, 437. Discourse, Indirect ; three forms of, 450. Doer; expressed with Gerundive by Dative, 456. to paragraphs. INDEX. 2 93 Double Consonants, 2; 3. duo, 297. Duration of Time, 261. Duty; how expressed, 455. dux, 130. Dying for his Men, 461. Dying Standard Bearer, 460. E. -e J Vocative ending of Second Declension, 45, a. ego, 283; 284. Emphatic words; position of, 162. End or Service; Dative of, 399. Ending, 10, 2; 16, a; 39, a, b. Endings; exhibited, 90; 190; 196; of first declension, 19, e; per- sonal, 76; 334; of second de- clension, 45, e ; of verbs, 63. English Method of Pronunciation, 3. exsul, 142. Extent of Space, 261. F. facilis, 167. facio, passive of. 430. facultas, 130. Faithful until Death, 465. Fearing; Subjunctive after Verbs of 352. fero, 43- Fifth Declension, 266. Fight Around a Hillock, 214. fi5, 430- First Conjugation, 73; 82; 332. First Periphrastic Conjugation, 453- Fourth Conjugation; 323; 332; imperfect Indicative, 335. Fourth Declension, 199. Future conditions, 443, I, II. Future participle, 453. Future tense. 408; tense sign, 333. Future-perfect tense, 408. G. g ; pronunciation of, 5. Galll et Germdnl, 327. Gender; 10; general rules, 3-5. Genitive; 169; 130, a; 431, I. Descriptive, 149. of i-stems in Third Declen- sion, 147. of nouns in -ius and -him, 57. Partitive, 299, b. gn ; 7< 5- Gerund; 389; 391; of purpose, 392. Gerundive; 390; 391; in passive periphrastic conjugation, 455; of purpose, 392. Grouping words, 169; 431, i. gu, 4, I, a. H. h, 7, 2. Hannibal et Sclpio, 144, II; 151. hie, 93; 94; 283, b. Hints for reading Latin, 48; 169; 43 1 - Hints for writing Latin, 84; 169. homo, 142. host is, 147. huic, 4, i, a. Hyphens; used to group words, 169, a; 170; 176; 183; 190; 246; 251; 255. i, i. -ibus, 431, 2. i-consonant, i; 5; 7,' 5. i-stems of third declension, 147; 153; 154; 167, ; 242. idem, 120; 121, a. Imperfect Tense; Indicative; 408; of fourth conjugation, 335 ; tense sign, 188; 333. Subjunctive ; in contrary to fact conditions, 443, III ; with cum when, 384; mean- ing, 274; 276; tense sign, 333" when used, 277; 409; 411. ille, 93; 94; 283, b. Imperative in commands, 447 ; 449- Impersonal construction; defined, 457; with passive periphrastic conjugation, 457. 294 INDEX. in; with ablative, 31; with accu- sative, 38. Incident at the Battle of Fharsalia, 466. Incompleted action, 275. Indeclinable nouns, 10, 5. Indefinite pronouns, 124. Indicative mood; with cum when, 384- Future tense signs, 333. Imperfect tense ; of fourth conjugation; 335 ; tense sign, 333. Indirect Discourse ; three forms of, 450. Indirect Object, 20; 23. Indirect Stitements; 337, 11-341; 344-346; 450. Defined, 337, II, a\ 338. Full rule for, 413. Tenses of Infinitive, 344-346. Sulx>rdinate Clauses of, 412. Indirect Questions, 437; 438. Infinitive Mood; 75, a\ 83; 169; 279, a\ 431, i; 446, d. Complementary; 155; posi- tion, 155, b. Future tense of deponents, 368, i. Subject Accusative, 340. Tenses of; in indirect state- ments, 344-346. Use, 336-341; 344-346; 413- Interrogative; adjectives, 114; pronouns, 113; 114. Instrument or means; Ablative of, 68; 69. Intransitive verbs ; with dative, 375; 400; defined, 374; 400, a. -io ; Verbs in, 258. ipse, 120; i2i, c. Irregular adjectives, 125. is, 100-102; 283, b. -is, 43" i 2. iste, 120; 121, a, b. Labials, 2, I. iabienus meets his match, 464. labor 142. References are Less vivid future conditions, 443, II. levis, 167. Licinius clique Claudius, 132. Liquids, 2, 2. Liquid stems of third declension, 142. List of Rules for ready reference, following the Vocabularies, 285. Lists of Words for Review, 129; 203; 291; 433. lltus, 142. Locative case, 9, a. * M. -m, 43 r 2. Main clause, 161, 2, b. Main verb; 161, 3; 275; 277; in indirect statements, 413. malo, 379. Manner; Ablative of, 89. mare, 147. Means; Ablative of, 68 ; 69; 77, a\ 431, 2. Mental action ; Verbs denoting, 338. miles, 135. Miles et 7^ribunus, 144. mille, 297, 298. moneo, 179; 186. mons, 153. murus, 45. Mutes, 2, I; 7, 6. Mute stems of third declension, 130; 135- N. nd, 7, 2. ne ; in Negative Commands and Appeals, 447. denoting Negative Purpose, 278, b\ 2jg. after Veibs of Fearing, 353. -ne, 8, 4; 4*. Negative Commands and Appeals, 447- Negative Purpose. 278, //; 279. Negative Result. 308. />, 309. nf, 7, 5. Neuter nominative and accusative, 130, c\ 142, a, to paragraphs, INDEX. 295 Neuter nouns of second declension. _44- nolo, 379; 446, d. Nominative, 21; 431, 2. nos, 283. Nouns; indeclinable, 10, 5; pred- icate, 29; 30. nox, 153. Numerals, 296-299; 304. O. Obligation; how expressed, 455. Object ; direct, 16; 22; 431, 2; indirect, 2O; 23. Omission of subject, 39. oppidum, 45. opus, 142. Order of words, 26; 162. -os, 43 r 2. P. Palatals, 2. Participles; 82, a\ 357. How declined, 358. of Deponents, 368, 2. Future active, 453, Perfect passive, 359, b. Present active, 359, a. How used, 359. Partitive Genitive, 299, b. Parts; Principal, of verbs, 83; 212; 33p- Passive Periphrastic Conjugation, 455- Passive Voice defined, 73, b. pater, 142. Penult, 6, 3; 8, 3. Perfect Tense; Indicative, 408, Participle, 359, b\ 403, g. Subjunctive ; meaning, 410 ; use, 411. Personal endings. 76; 334. Personal pronouns, 283. pes, 135. ph ; how pronounced, 5. Plso Aquitdnus, 208. Place whither, 360. Pluperfect Tense; Indicative, 408. Subjunctive ; with cum, when, 384; meaning, 410; use, 411. Plural; of adjectives, 13, a\ of first declension, 12 ; of verbs, 16, b. plus, 229. Possessive Adjectives, 285. Possessor; Dative of the, 34; 35. possum, 313 ; 400, b. prae-ficio,_4oo, c. prae-mitto, 400, d. Predicate ; adjectives, 52; nouns, 29; 30. Preposition; position of, 169; 431, 1. Present Tense; Indicative, 408. Participle, 359, a. Subjunctive; meaning, 274, 2; 276; tense sign, 333; when used, 277 ; 409 ; 411 ; in less vivid future conditions, 443* II- Primary tenses, 408. princeps, 130. Principal Clause, 161. Principal Parts of Verbs, 83; 212; 330- Proelium cum Helvetiis, 157; 164. Proelium Mundae, 326. Pronouns; 100. Demonstrative, 94; I2O; 121. Indefinite, 124. Interrogative, 113; 114. Personal and reflexive, 283. Relative ; 106 ; 107 ; agree- ment of, 108; 109. Pronunciation ; English, 3 ; Roman, 3; 4; 5- puer, 56. Puer et Amicus, II 8. Pugna Pharsalica, ,245 (Introduc- tion); 246; 251; 255; 467. Pullo et Vorenus, 217. Purpose ; defined, 278, a\ gerun- dive or gerund with ad, 392; relative clauses of, 422 ; sub- junctive of, 279; 337, b. Q- qu, 4, i, . quam, than; 222; with superla- tives, 439. -que, 8, 4; 91, 296 INDEX. Questions; direct, 437; indirect, 437; 438; 45- qul, 106-109; 286; 422. quidam, 124. quis, 113; 114- quod, 114, b- -quod, 124, b. R. -re, 333- Reading; Hints for, 84; 169; 431. Ready reference; Rules arranged for, Following the Vocabularies. rego, 205 ; 210. Reflexive Pronouns, 283. Relative clauses ; 425 ; of cause, 423. of characteristic, 424. of purpose and result, 422. Relative Pronouns ; 106 ; 107 ; 161, 4; agreement of, 108 ; 109. Result; Subjunctive of, 309; rela- tive clause of, 422. Review ; Word-lists for, 129 ; 203 ; 291; 433- Romdrii atque Galll, 90. Rules of Syntax arranged for ready reference, Following the Vocab- ularies. sapiens, 167. Saving the Standard, 22$. Second declension, 45 ; 56. Second conjugation, 179 ; 186 ; 332. Second periphrastic conjugation, 455- Secondary tenses, 408. Sequence of tenses, 411. Separation ; Ablative of, 418. Service or end; Dative of, 399. Silva, 19. Simple- conditions ; nothing im- plied, 443. I. Space; extent of, 261. Specification; Ablative of, 194. Statements; direct, 337, II. indi- rect, 337, 11-341 ; 344-346; 413; 45- Stem; denned, 19, d, e ; of third declension, 130. Stems of verbs, 83 ; 330. References are Stem vowel; of first declension, 19, d; of second declension, 43. Subject ; 21 ; 26, a\ 35 ; omitted, 39- Syntax ; Rules of, arranged for ready reference, Following the Vocabularies. Subjunctive Mood ; 274. in Conditional Sentences, 443, II, III. in Commands and Appeals, 447 ; 449- with cum Causal or Qonces- sive, 427. with cum Temporal, 384. in Indirect Discourse, 450 ; Indirect commands, 449 ; Indirect Questions, 438 ; Indirect statements, 413. of Purpose, 279. in Relative Clauses ; 425 ; of cause, 423 ; of characteristic, 424 ; of purpose and result, 422. of Result, 309. after Verbs of Fearing, 353. rule for Use of Tenses, 277; 409; 4H. Tenses of ; present tense ; meaning, 274, 2; 276; tense sign, 333; use, 277, 443, H. imperfect tense; meaning; 274 ; 276; tense sign, 333; use, 277 ; 443, III. perfect and pluperfect tenses ; meaning, 410, c; use, 411. Subordinate clauses ; defined, 161; in indirect statements, 413 ; 450. Superlatives; how declined, 221, b. meanings, 219; 223; with quam, 439- sui, 283. sum ; 61 ; 67 ; 453 ; 454 ; posi- tion, 26, b. suus, 191. T. Tenses ; primary and secondary, 408; sequence of, 411. to paragraphs. INDEX. 297 Tense signs, 188; 333. -ter, 247. " that " omitted in indirect state- ments, 337, II, c. Third conjugation; 205; 210; 332; in io, 258; 332. Third declension, mute stems, 130; 135- Liquid stems, 142. i-stems, 147; 153. Adjectives, 160; 167. Three forms of indirect discourse, 45- Time denoted by infinitive in in- direct statements, 344; 345. Time; ablative of, 174; accusative of, 261. Towns; names of as place whither, 360. tres, 297. tu, -83; 284. U. ultima, 6, 3. Uniting or grouping words, 169; 43 r > i- -urn, 44- unus, 297. urbs, 153. ut; of purpose, 278, b; 279; of result, 308, b; 309; with verbs of fearing, 353. utor, 370. V. V ; pronunciation, 5. velox, 167. Verb ; main, 161. 3 ; position of, 26, b; 162; stems, 75, a; 83; 33- Verbs; agreement of, 63; of mental action, 338 ; personal endings, 76; 334; plural of, 16, b; voice, 73. , ^ vir,_56. virtus, 135. Vivid, see Less vivid. Vocative case, 45, a, b. Voice ; defined, 73, a, b. volo, 379- vos, 283. Vowels, 4, i; 7. W. Words ; Lists of Allied Words ex- plained, 131. Word-lists for review, 129; 203; 291; 433- Word- order, 26; 162; 431, i. Writing Latin; Hints for, 48. THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. JUL 16 19 40 nun no 4Grii9 * JUL 2o HSWo - '= ! s B tyAY? 4J?53 K r '5Sep'57KF! r^ ^*" *^ t !T*\. nfc* KEC D LD DEC 211957 / i j > LD 21-100m-7,'3P / Tb UU^Ul THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY